EP1326972A2 - Transporters and ion channels - Google Patents

Transporters and ion channels

Info

Publication number
EP1326972A2
EP1326972A2 EP01971080A EP01971080A EP1326972A2 EP 1326972 A2 EP1326972 A2 EP 1326972A2 EP 01971080 A EP01971080 A EP 01971080A EP 01971080 A EP01971080 A EP 01971080A EP 1326972 A2 EP1326972 A2 EP 1326972A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
polynucleotide
polypeptide
seq
sequence
amino acid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP01971080A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Ernestine A. Lee
Henry Yue
Preeti G. Lal
Narinder K. Chawla
Mariah R. Baughn
Bridget A. Warren
Sally Lee
Madhu S. Sanjanwala
Monique G. Yao
Jayalaxmi Ramkumar
Michael Thornton
Ameena R. Gandhi
Jennifer L. Policky
Vicki S. Elliott
Chandra Arvizu
Brigitte E. Raumann
Christopher M. Bruns
Amir Naini
April J. A. Hafalia
Danniel B. Nguyen
Yuming Xu
Dyung Aina M. Lu
Craig H. Ison
Jennifer A. Griffin
Roopa M. Reddy
Neil Burford
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Incyte Corp
Original Assignee
Incyte Genomics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Incyte Genomics Inc filed Critical Incyte Genomics Inc
Publication of EP1326972A2 publication Critical patent/EP1326972A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders

Definitions

  • This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transporters and ion channels and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and cell proliferative disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transporters and ion channels.
  • Eukaryotic cells are surrounded and subdivided into functionally distinct organelles by hydrophobic lipid bilayer membranes which are highly impermeable to most polar molecules.
  • Cells and organelles require transport proteins to import and export essential nutrients and metal ions including K + , NH ⁇ "1" , P j , SO 4 2" , sugars, and vitamins, as well as various metabolic waste products.
  • Transport proteins also play roles in antibiotic resistance, toxin secretion, ion balance, synaptic neurotransmission, kidney function, intestinal absorption, tumor growth, and other diverse cell functions (Griffith, J. and C. Sansom (1998) The Transporter Facts Book, Academic Press, San Diego CA, pp. 3-29).
  • Transport can occur by a passive concentration-dependent mechanism, or can be linked to an energy source such as ATP hydrolysis or an ion gradient.
  • Proteins that function in transport include carrier proteins, which bind to a specific solute and undergo a conformational change that translocates the bound solute across the membrane, and channel proteins, which form hydrophilic pores that allow specific solutes to diffuse through the membrane down an electrochemical solute gradient.
  • Carrier proteins which transport a single solute from one side of the membrane to the other are called uniporters.
  • coupled transporters link the transfer of one solute with simultaneous or sequential transfer of a second solute, either in the same direction (symport) or in the opposite direction (antiport).
  • intestinal and kidney epitheHum contains a variety of symporter systems driven by the sodium gradient that exists across the plasma membrane. Sodium moves into the cell down its electrochemical gradient and brings the solute into the cell with it. The sodium gradient that provides the driving force for solute uptake is m- ⁇ ntained by the ubiquitous Na + /K + ATPase system.
  • Sodium-coupled transporters include the mammalian glucose transporter (SGLT1).
  • MS iodide transporter
  • SMVT multivitamin transporter
  • SMVT is expressed in the intestinal mucosa, kidney, and placenta, and is implicated in the transport of the water-soluble vitamins, e.g., biotin and pantothenate (Prasad, P.D. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:7501-7506).
  • MFS major facilitator superfamily
  • MFS transporters are single polypeptide carriers that transport small solutes in response to ion gradients.
  • MFS transporters found in all classes of living organisms, and include transporters for sugars, oligosaccharides, phosphates, nitrates, nucleosides, monocarboxylates, and drugs.
  • MFS transporters found in eukaryotes all have a structure comprising 12 transmembrane segments (Pao, S.S. et al. (1998) Microbiol. Molec. Biol. Rev. 62:1-34).
  • the largest family of MFS transporters is the sugar transporter family, which includes the seven glucose transporters (GLUT1-GLUT7) found in humans that are required for the transport of glucose and other hexose sugars. These glucose transport proteins have unique tissue distributions and physiological functions.
  • GLUT1 provides many cell types with their basal glucose requirements and transports glucose across epithelial and endothelial barrier tissues; GLUT2 facilitates glucose uptake or efflux from the liver; GLUT3 regulates glucose supply to neurons; GLUT4 is responsible for insulin- regulated glucose disposal; and GLUT5 regulates fructose uptake into skeletal muscle. Defects in glucose transporters are involved in a recently identified neurological syndrome causing infantile seizures and developmental delay, as well as glycogen storage disease, Fanconi-Bickel syndrome, and non- sulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Mueckler, M. (1994) Eur. J. Biochem. 219:713-725; Longo, N. and LJ. Elsas (1998) Adv. Pediatr. 45:293-313).
  • Monocarboxylate anion transporters are proton-coupled symporters with a broad substrate specificity that includes L-lactate, pyruvate, and the ketone bodies acetate, acetoacetate, and beta-hydroxybutyrate. At least seven isoforms have been identified to date. The isoforms are predicted to have twelve transmembrane (TM) helical domains with a large intracellular loop between TM6 and TM7, and play a critical role in mamtaining intracellular pH by removing the protons that are produced stoichiometrically with lactate during glycolysis.
  • TM transmembrane
  • H + -monocarboxylate transporter is that of the erythrocyte membrane, which transports L-lactate and a wide range of other aliphatic monocarboxylates.
  • Other cells possess H + -linked monocarboxylate transporters with differing substrate and inhibitor selectivities.
  • cardiac muscle and tumor cells have transporters that differ in their Kön. values for certain substrates, including stereoselectivity for L- over D-lactate, and in their sensitivity to inhibitors.
  • Organic anion transporters are selective for hydrophobic, charged molecules with electron-attracting side groups.
  • Organic cation transporters such as the ammonium transporter, mediate the secretion of a variety of drugs and endogenous metabolites, and contribute to the maintenance of intercellular pH (Poole, R.C. and A.P. Halestrap (1993) Am. J. Physiol. 264:C761-C782; Price, N.T. et al. (1998) Biochem. J. 329:321-328; and Martinelle, K. and I. Haggstrom (1993) J. Biotechnol. 30:339-350).
  • ATP-binding cassette (ABC) transporters are members of a superfamily of membrane proteins that transport substances ranging from small molecules such as ions, sugars, amino acids, peptides, and phospholipids, to lipopeptides, large proteins, and complex hydrophobic drugs.
  • ABC transporters consist of four modules: two nucleotide-binding domains (NBD), which hydrolyze ATP to supply the energy required for transport, and two membrane-spanning domains (MSD), each containing six putative transmembrane segments.
  • NBD nucleotide-binding domains
  • MSD membrane-spanning domains
  • These four modules may be encoded by a single gene, as is the case for the cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator (CFTR), or by separate genes. When encoded by separate genes, each gene product contains a single NBD and MSD.
  • CFTR cystic fibrosis
  • ALDP adrenoleukodystrophy protein
  • PMP70 peroxisomal membrane protein-70, PMP70
  • SUR hypermsulinemic hypoglycemia
  • MDR multidrug resistance
  • a number of metal ions such as iron, zinc, copper, cobalt, manganese, molybdenum, selenium, nickel, and chromium are important as cofactors for a number of enzymes.
  • copper is involved in hemoglobin synthesis, connective tissue metabolism, and bone development, by acting as a cofactor in oxidoreductases such as superoxide dismutase, ferroxidase (ceroloplasmin), and lysyl oxidase.
  • Copper and other metal ions must be provided in the diet, and are absorbed by transporters in the gastrointestinal tract. Plasma proteins transport the metal ions to the liver and other target organs, where specific transporters move the ions into cells and cellular organelles as needed. Imbalances in metal ion metabolism have been associated with a number of disease states (Danks, D.M. (1986) J. Med. Genet. 23:99-106).
  • Fatty acid transport protein an integral membrane protein with four transmembrane segments, is expressed in tissues exhibiting high levels of plasma membrane fatty acid flux, such as muscle, heart, and adipose. Expression of FATP is upregulated in 3T3-L1 cells during adipose conversion, and expression in COS7 fibroblasts elevates uptake of long-chain fatty acids (Hui, T.Y. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:27420-27429).
  • Mitochondrial carrier proteins are transmembrane-spanning proteins which transport ions and charged metabolites between the cytosol and the mitochondrial matrix. Examples include the ADP, ATP carrier protein; the 2-oxoglutarate/malate carrier; the phosphate carrier protein; the pyruvate carrier; the dicarboxylate carrier which transports malate, succinate, furnarate, and phosphate; the tricarboxylate carrier which transports citrate and malate; and the Grave's disease carrier protein, a protein recognized by IgG in patients with active Grave's disease, an autoimmune disorder resulting in hyperthyroidism.
  • Proteins in this family consist of three tandem repeats of an approximately 100 amino acid domain, each of which contains two transmembrane regions (Stryer, L. (1995) Biochemistry. W.H. Freeman and Company, New York NY, p. 551; PROSITE PDOC00189 Mitochondrial energy transfer proteins signature; Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMTM) *275000 Graves Disease).
  • This class of transporters also includes the mitochondrial uncoupling proteins, which create proton leaks across the inner mitochondrial membrane, thus uncoupling oxidative phosphorylation from ATP synthesis. The result is energy dissipation in the form of heat. Mitochondrial uncoupling proteins have been implicated as modulators of thermoregulation and metabolic rate, and have been proposed as potential targets for drugs against metabolic diseases such as obesity (Ricquier, D. et al. (1999) J. Int. Med. 245:637-642). Ion Channels
  • the electrical potential of a cell is generated and maintained by contiolling the movement of ions across the plasma membrane.
  • the movement of ions requires ion channels, which form ion- selective pores within the membrane.
  • ion channels There are two basic types of ion channels, ion transporters and gated ion channels.
  • Ion transporters utilize the energy obtained from ATP hydrolysis to actively transport an ion against the ion's concentration gradient.
  • Gated ion channels allow passive flow of an ion down the ion's electrochemical gradient under restricted conditions.
  • ion channels generate, maintain, and utilize an electrochemical gradient that is used in 1) electrical impulse conduction down the axon of a nerve cell, 2) transport of molecules into cells against concentration gradients, 3) initiation of muscle contraction, and 4) endocrine cell secretion.
  • Ion transporters generate and maintain the resting electrical potential of a cell. Utilizing the energy derived from ATP hydrolysis, they transport ions against the ion's concentration gradient. These transmembrane ATPases are divided into three families.
  • the phosphorylated (P) class ion transporters including Na + -K + ATPase, Ca 2+ -ATPase, and H + -ATPase, are activated by a phosphorylation event.
  • P-class ion transporters are responsible for maintaining resting potential distributions such that cytosolic concentrations of Na + and Ca 2+ are low and cytosolic concentration of K + is high.
  • the vacuolar (V) class of ion transporters includes H + pumps on intracellular organelles, such as lysosomes and Golgi. V-class ion transporters are responsible for generating the low pH within the lumen of these organelles that is required for function.
  • the coupling factor (F) class consists of H + pumps in the mitochondria. F-class ion transporters utilize a proton gradient to generate ATP from ADP and inorganic phosphate (P 5 ).
  • the P- ATPases are hexamers of a 100 kD subunit with ten transmembrane domains and several large cytoplasmic regions that may play a role in ion binding (Scarborough, G.A. (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 11:517-522).
  • the V-ATPases are composed of two functional domains: the V t domain, a peripheral complex responsible for ATP hydrolysis; and the V 0 domain, an integral complex responsible for proton translocation across the membrane.
  • the F- ATPases are structurally and evolutionarily related to the V- ATPases.
  • the F- ATPase F 0 domain contains 12 copies of the c subunit, a highly hydrophobic protein composed of two transmembrane domains and containing a single buried carboxyl group in TM2 that is essential for proton transport.
  • the V- ATPase V 0 domain contains three types of homologous c subunits with four or five transmembrane domains and the essential carboxyl group in TM4 or TM3. Both types of complex also contain a single a subunit that may be involved in regulating the pH dependence of activity (Forgac, M. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274:12951-12954).
  • the resting potential of the cell is utilized in many processes involving carrier proteins and gated ion channels.
  • Carrier proteins utilize the resting potential to transport molecules into and out of the cell. Amino acid and glucose transport into many cells is linked to sodium ion co-transport
  • Gated Ion Channels control ion flow by regulating the opening and closing of pores. The ability to control ion flux through various gating mechanisms allows ion channels to mediate such diverse signaling and homeostatic functions as neuronal and endocrine signaling, muscle contraction, fertilization, and regulation of ion and pH balance. Gated ion channels are categorized according to the manner of regulating the gating function.
  • Mechanically-gated channels open their pores in response to mechanical stress; voltage-gated channels (e.g., Na + , K + , Ca 2+ , and CI" channels) open their pores in response to changes in membrane potential; and ligand-gated channels (e.g., acetylcholine-, serotonin-, and glutamate-gated cation channels, and GABA- and glycine-gated chloride channels) open their pores in the presence of a specific ion, nucleotide, or neurotrans itter.
  • the gating properties of a particular ion channel i.e., its threshold for and duration of opening and closing
  • auxiliary channel proteins and/or post translational modifications such as phosphorylation.
  • Mechanically-gated or mechanosensitive ion channels act as transducers for the senses of touch, hearing, and balance, and also play important roles in cell volume regulation, smooth muscle contraction, and cardiac rhythm generation.
  • a stretch-inactivated channel (SIC) was recently cloned from rat kidney.
  • the SIC channel belongs to a group of channels which are activated by pressure or stress on the cell membrane and conduct both Ca 2+ and Na + (Suzuki, M. et al. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274:6330-6335).
  • the pore-forming subunits of the voltage-gated cation channels form a superfamily of ion channel proteins.
  • the characteristic domain of these channel proteins comprises six transmembrane domains (S1-S6), a pore-forming region (P) located between S5 and S6, and intracellular amino and carboxy termini. In the Na + and Ca 2+ subfamilies, this domain is repeated four times, while in the K + channel subfamily, each channel is formed from a tetramer of either identical or dissimilar subunits.
  • the P region contains information specifying the ion selectivity for the channel. In the case of K + channels, a GYG tripeptide is involved in this selectivity (Ishii, T.M. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:11651-11656).
  • Voltage-gated Na + and K + channels are necessary for the function of electrically excitable cells, such as nerve and muscle cells. Action potentials, which lead to neurotransmitter release and muscle contraction, arise from large, transient changes in the permeability of the membrane to Na + and K + ions. Depolarization of the membrane beyond the threshold level opens voltage-gated Na + channels. Sodium ions flow into the cell, further depolarizing the membrane and opening more voltage-gated Na + channels, which propagates the depolarization down the length of the cell. Depolarization also opens voltage-gated potassium channels. Consequently, potassium ions flow outward, which leads to repolarization of the membrane. Voltage-gated channels utilize charged residues in the fourth transmembrane segment (S4) to sense voltage change.
  • S4 fourth transmembrane segment
  • Voltage-gated Na + channels are heterotrimeric complexes composed of a 260 Da pore- forming ⁇ subunit that associates with two smaller auxiliary subunits, ⁇ l and ⁇ 2.
  • the ⁇ 2 subunit is a integral membrane glycoprotein that contains an extracellular Ig domain, and its association with ⁇ and ⁇ l subunits correlates with increased functional expression of the channel, a change in its gating properties, as well as an increase in whole cell capacitance due to an increase in membrane surface area (Isom, L.L. et al. (1995) Cell 83:433-442).
  • Non voltage-gated Na + channels include the members of the amiloride-sensitive Na + channel/degenerin (NaC/DEG) family. Channel subunits of this family are thought to consist of two transmembrane domains flanking a long extracellular loop, with the amino and carboxyl termini located within the cell.
  • the NaC/DEG family includes the epithelial Na + channel (ENaC) involved in Na + reabsorption in epithelia including the airway, distal colon, cortical collecting duct of the kidney, and exocrine duct glands. Mutations in ENaC result in pseudohypoaldosteronism type 1 and Liddle's syndrome (pseudohyperaldosteronism).
  • the NaC DEG family also includes the recently characterized H + -gated cation channels or acid-sensing ion channels (ASIC).
  • ASIC subunits are expressed in the brain and form heteromultimeric Na + -permeable channels. These channels require acid pH fluctuations for activation.
  • ASIC subunits show homology to the degenerins, a family of mechanically- gated channels originally isolated from C. elegans. Mutations in the degenerins cause neurodegeneration. ASIC subunits may also have a role in neuronal function, or in pain perception, since tissue acidosis causes pain (Waldmann, R. and M. Lazdunski (1998) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 8:418-424; Eglen, R.M. et al. (1999) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 20:337-342).
  • K + channels are located in all cell types, and may be regulated by voltage, ATP concentration, or second messengers such as Ca 2+ and cAMP.
  • K + channels are involved in protein synthesis, control of endocrine secretions, and the maintenance of osmotic equilibrium across membranes.
  • K + channels are responsible for setting resting membrane potential.
  • the cytosol contains non-diffusible anions and, to balance this net negative charge, the cell contains a Na + - K + pump and ion channels that provide the redistribution of Na + , K + , and CI " .
  • the pump actively transports Na + out of the cell and K + into the cell in a 3 :2 ratio.
  • Ion channels in the plasma membrane allow K + and CI " to flow by passive diffusion. Because of the high negative charge within the cytosol, CI" flows out of the cell.
  • the flow of K + is balanced by an electromotive force pulling K + into the cell, and a K + concentration gradient pushing K + out of the cell.
  • the resting membrane potential is primarily regulated by K + flow (Salkoff, L. and T. legla (1995) Neuron 15:489-492).
  • Potassium channel subunits of the Shaker-like superfamily all have the characteristic six transmembrane/1 pore domain structure. Four subunits combine as homo- or heterotetramers to form functional K channels. These pore-forming subunits also associate with various cytoplasmic ⁇ subunits that alter channel inactivation kinetics.
  • the Shaker-like channel family includes the voltage- gated K + channels as well as the delayed rectifier type channels such as the human ether-a-go-go related gene (HERG) associated with long QT, a cardiac dysrythmia syndrome (Curran, M.E. (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:565-572; Kaczorowski, G.J. and MX. Garcia (1999) Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 3:448-458).
  • HERG human ether-a-go-go related gene
  • Kir channels have the property of preferentially conducting K + currents in the inward direction. These proteins consist of a single potassium selective pore domain and two transmembrane domains, which correspond to the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains of voltage-gated K + channels. Kir subunits also associate as tetramers.
  • the Kir family includes ROMK1, mutations in which lead to Bartter syndrome, a renal tubular disorder. Kir channels are also involved in regulation of cardiac pacemaker activity, seizures and epilepsy, and insulin regulation (Doupnik, CA. et al. (1995) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 5:268-277; Curran, supra).
  • T TK K + channel family includes the mammalian TWTK-1, TREK-1 and TASK proteins.
  • TWTK-1 mammalian TWTK-1
  • TREK-1 TREK-1
  • TASK proteins TASK proteins.
  • Members of this family possess an overall structure with four transmembrane domains and two P domains. These proteins are probably involved in contiolling the resting potential in a large set of cell types (Duprat, F. et al. (1997) EMBO J 16:5464-5471).
  • the voltage-gated Ca 2+ channels have been classified into several subtypes based upon their electrophysiological and pharmacological characteristics.
  • L-type Ca 2+ channels are predominantly expressed in heart and skeletal muscle where they play an essential role in excitation-contraction coupling.
  • T-type channels are important for cardiac pacemaker activity, while N-type and P/Q-type channels are involved in the control of neurotransmitter release in the central and peripheral nervous system.
  • the L-type and N-type voltage-gated Ca 2+ channels have been purified and, though their functions differ dramatically, they have similar subunit compositions. The channels are composed of three subunits.
  • the ⁇ x subunit forms the membrane pore and voltage sensor, while the ⁇ - ⁇ and ⁇ subunits modulate the voltage-dependence, gating properties, and the current amplitude of the channel.
  • These subunits are encoded by at least six ⁇ 1; one o ⁇ , and four ⁇ genes.
  • a fourth subunit, ⁇ has been identified in skeletal muscle (Walker, D. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:2361-2367; McCleskey, E.W. (1994) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 4:304-312).
  • Trp The transient receptor family (Trp) of calcium ion channels are thought to mediate capacitative calcium entry (CCE).
  • CCE is the Ca 2+ influx into cells to resupply Ca 2+ stores depleted by the action of inositol triphosphate (IP3) and other agents in response to numerous hormones and growth factors.
  • IP3 inositol triphosphate
  • Trp and Trp-like were first cloned from Drosophila and have similarity to voltage gated Ca2+ channels in the S3 through S6 regions. This suggests that Trp and/or related proteins may form mammalian CCC entry channels (Zhu, X. et al. (1996) Cell 85:661-671; Boulay, G. et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem.
  • Melastatin is a gene isolated in both the mouse and human, and whose expression in melanoma cells is inversely correlated with melanoma aggressiveness in vivo.
  • the human cDNA transcript corresponds to a 1533-amino acid protein having homology to members of the Trp family. It has been proposed that the combined use of malastatin mRNA expression status and tumor thickness might allow for the determination of subgroups of patients at both low and high risk for developing metastatic disease (Duncan, L.M. et al (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:568-576).
  • Chloride channels are necessary in endocrine secretion and in regulation of cytosolic and organelle pH.
  • CI enters the cell across a basolateral membrane through an Na + , K + /C1 " cotransporter, accumulating in the cell above its electrochemical equilibrium concentration.
  • Secretion of CI" from the apical surface in response to hormonal stimulation, leads to flow of Na + and water into the secretory lumen.
  • the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) is a chloride channel encoded by the gene for cystic fibrosis, a common fatal genetic disorder in humans.
  • CFTR is a member of the ABC transporter family, and is composed of two domains each consisting of six transmembrane domains followed by a nucleotide-binding site. Loss of CFTR function decreases transepithelial water secretion and, as a result, the layers of mucus that coat the respiratory tree, pancreatic ducts, and intestine are dehydrated and difficult to clear. The resulting blockage of these sites leads to pancreatic insufficiency, "meconium ileus", and devastating "chronic obstructive pulmonary disease” (Al-Awqati, Q. et al. (1992) J. Exp. Biol. 172:245-266).
  • the voltage-gated chloride channels are characterized by 10-12 transmembrane domains, as well as two small globular domains known as CBS domains.
  • the CLC subunits probably function as homotetramers.
  • CLC proteins are involved in regulation of cell volume, membrane potential stabilization, signal transduction, and transepithelial transport. Mutations in CLC-1, expressed predominantly in skeletal muscle, are responsible for autosomal recessive generalized myotonia and autosomal dominant myotonia congenita, while mutations in the kidney channel CLC-5 lead to kidney stones (Jentsch, TJ. (1996) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 3:13-310).
  • Ligand-gated channels open their pores when an extracellular or intracellular mediator binds to the channel.
  • Neuroteansmitter-gated channels are channels that open when a neurotransmitter binds to their extracellular domain. These channels exist in the postsynaptic membrane of nerve or muscle cells.
  • Chloride channels open in response to inhibitory neurotransmitters, such as ⁇ -aminobutyric acid (GABA) and glycine, leading to hyperpolarization of the membrane and the subsequent generation of an action potential.
  • GABA ⁇ -aminobutyric acid
  • Neurotransmitter-gated ion channels have four transmembrane domains and probably function as pentamers (Jentsch, supra). Amino acids in the second transmembrane domain appear to be important in determining channel permeation and selectivity (Sather, W.A. et al. (1994) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 4:313-323).
  • Ligand-gated channels can be regulated by intracellular second messengers.
  • calcium-activated K + channels are gated by internal calcium ions.
  • an influx of calcium during depolarization opens K + channels to modulate the magnitude of the action potential (Ishi et al., supra).
  • the large conductance (BK) channel has been purified from brain and its subunit composition determined.
  • the ⁇ subunit of the BK channel has seven rather than six transmembrane domains in contrast to voltage-gated K + channels.
  • the extra transmembrane domain is located at the subunit N- ternrinus.
  • a 28-amino-acid stretch in the C-terminal region of the subunit contains many negatively charged residues and is thought to be the region responsible for calcium binding.
  • the ⁇ subunit consists of two transmembrane domains connected by a glycosylated extracellular loop, with intracellular N- and C-termini (Kaczorowski, supra; Vergara, C. et al. (1998) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 8:321-329).
  • Cyclic nucleotide-gated (CNG) channels are gated by cytosolic cyclic nucleotides.
  • the best examples of these are the cAMP-gated Na + channels involved in olfaction and the cGMP-gated cation channels involved in vision. Both systems involve ligand-mediated activation of a G-protein coupled receptor which then alters the level of cyclic nucleotide within the cell.
  • CNG channels also represent a major pathway for Ca 2+ entry into neurons, and play roles in neuronal development and plasticity.
  • CNG channels are tetramers containing at least two types of subunits, an subunit which can form functional homomeric channels, and a ⁇ subunit, which modulates the channel properties.
  • All CNG subunits have six transmembrane domains and a pore forming region between the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains, similar to voltage-gated K + channels.
  • a large C-terminal domain contains a cyclic nucleotide binding domain, while the N-terminal domain confers variation among channel subtypes (Zufall, F. et al. (1997) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 7:404-412).
  • ion channel proteins may also be modulated by a variety of intracellular signalling proteins.
  • Many channels have sites for phosphorylation by one or more protein kinases including protein kinase A, protein kinase C, tyrosine kinase, and casein kinase II, all of which regulate ion channel activity in cells.
  • Kir channels are activated by the binding of the G ⁇ subunits of heterotrimeric G-proteins (Reimann, F. and F.M. Ashcroft (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 11:503-508). Other proteins are involved in the localization of ion channels to specific sites in the cell membrane.
  • Such proteins include the PDZ domain proteins known as MAGUKs (membrane-associated guanylate kinases) which regulate the clustering of ion channels at neuronal synapses (Craven, S.E. and D.S. Bredt (1998) CeU 93:495-498).
  • MAGUKs membrane-associated guanylate kinases
  • Human diseases caused by mutations in ion channel genes include disorders of skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, and the central nervous system. Mutations in the pore-forming subunits of sodium and chloride channels cause myotonia, a muscle disorder in which relaxation after voluntary contraction is delayed. Sodium channel myotonias have been treated with channel blockers.
  • Ion channels have been the target for many drug therapies.
  • Neurotransmitter-gated channels have been targeted in therapies for treatment of msomnia, anxiety, depression, and schizophrenia.
  • Voltage-gated channels have been targeted in therapies for arrhy ⁇ -unia, ischemic stroke, head trauma, and neurodegenerative disease (Taylor, CP. and L.S. Narasimhan (1997) Adv. Pharmacol. 39:47-98).
  • ion channels also play an important role in the perception of pain, and thus are potential targets for new analgesics. These include the vanilloid-gated ion channels, which are activated by the vanilloid capsaicin, as well as by noxious heat. Local anesthetics such as lidocaine and mexiletine which blockade voltage-gated Na + channels have been useful in the treatment of neuropathic pain (Eglen, supra).
  • T-cell activation depends upon calcium signaling, and a diverse set of T-cell specific ion channels has been characterized that affect this signaling process.
  • Channel blocking agents can inhibit secretion of lymphokines, cell proliferation, and killing of target cells.
  • a peptide antagonist of the T-cell potassium channel Kvl.3 was found to suppress delayed-type hypersensitivity and allogenic responses in pigs, validating the idea of channel blockers as safe and efficacious immunosuppressants (Cahalan, M.D. and K.G. Chandy (1997) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 8:749-756).
  • the invention features purified poiypeptides, transporters and ion channels, referred to collectively as “TRICH” and individually as “TRICH-IJ "TRICH-2J”TRICH-3J “TRICH-4,” “TRICH-5,” “TRICH-6J “TRICH-7,” “TRICH-8,” “TRICH-9,” “TRICH-IOJ “TRICH-llJ “TRICH-12,” “TRICH-13,” “TRICH-14,” “TRICH-15J “TRICH-16J “TRICH-17J “TRICH-18J “TRICH-19,” “TRICH-20J “TRICH-21,” “TRICH-22,” “TRICH-23J “TRICH-24J “T ⁇ ICH-25,” and “TRICH-26.”
  • the invention provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ J-D NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring a ino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ 3D NO:l-26.
  • polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26. In another alternative, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ J_D NO.J7-52.
  • the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO: 1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
  • the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • the invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ J-D NO:l-26.
  • the method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
  • the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ J_D NO: 1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO.1-26.
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention further provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the method comprises a) amphfying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the invention further provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the composition comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
  • the invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:l-26.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ D NO: 1-26.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 1-26.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ TD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
  • the invention further provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv
  • Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:27-52, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv).
  • the target polynucleotide comprises a fragment of a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention.
  • Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog for poiypeptides of the invention. The probability score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog is also shown.
  • Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide sequences of the invention, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the poiypeptides.
  • Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotide sequences.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA library for polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
  • Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze the polynucleotides and poiypeptides of the invention, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • TRICH refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified TRICH obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • agonist refers to a molecule which intensifies or rriimics the biological activity of TRICH.
  • Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TRICH either by directly interacting with TRICH or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TRICH participates.
  • allelic variant is an alternative form of the gene encoding TRICH. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in poiypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as TRICH or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of TRICH. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding TRICH.
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent TRICH.
  • Deliberate amino acid substitutions maybe made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubiUty, hydrophobicity, hydrophiUcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of TRICH is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
  • amino acid and amino acid sequence refer to an oUgopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturaUy occurring or synthetic molecules. Where “amino acid sequence” is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturaUy occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • AmpUfication relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. AmpUfication is generaUy carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies weU known in the art.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Antagonist refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of TRICH. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, smaU molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TRICH either by directly interacting with TRICH or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TRICH participates.
  • antibody refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as weU as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
  • Antibodies that bind TRICH poiypeptides can be prepared using intact poiypeptides or using fragments containing smaU peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen.
  • the polypeptide or oUgopeptide used to immunize an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • Commonly used carriers that are chemicaUy coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobuUn, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
  • antigenic determinant refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody.
  • an antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to eUcit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • aptamer refers to a nucleic acid or oUgonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target.
  • Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No. 5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial Ubraries.
  • Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-Uke molecules.
  • the nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2'-OH group of a ribonucleotide maybe replaced by 2'-F or 2 -NH-), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer Ufetime in blood.
  • Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system.
  • Aptamers may be specificaUy cross-Unked to their cognate Ugands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross-linker. (See, e.g., Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13.)
  • RNA aptamer refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo.
  • a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
  • spiegelmer refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturaUy occurring enzymes, which act on right-handed nucleotides.
  • antisense refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" (coding) strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence.
  • Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oUgonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oUgonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oUgonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'-deoxyguanosine.
  • Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a ceU, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturaUy occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the ceU to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation.
  • the designation "negative” or “minus” can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • biologicalcaUy active refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturaUy occurring molecule.
  • immunologicalaUy active or “immunogenic” refers to the capabiUty of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic TRICH, or of any oUgopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or ceUs and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • Complementary describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5 -AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'.
  • composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence and a “composition comprising a given amino acid sequence” refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or fragments of TRICH may be employed as hybridization probes.
  • the probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabiUzing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • Consensus sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncaUed bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (AppUed Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVEEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison WI) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • GELVEEW fragment assembly system GCG, Madison WI
  • Phrap Universality of Washington, Seattle WA
  • Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especiaUy the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
  • the table below shows amino acids which maybe substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generaUy maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha heUcal conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • a “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • derivative refers to a chemicaUy modified polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • a “detectable label” refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • “Differential expression” refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, detennined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
  • “Exon shuffling” refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus aUowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
  • a “fragment” is a unique portion of TRICH or the polynucleotide encoding TRICH which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence.
  • a fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue.
  • a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues.
  • a fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentiaUy selected from certain regions of a molecule.
  • a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence.
  • these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, maybe encompassed by the present embodiments.
  • a fragment of SEQ JD NO:27-52 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specificaUy identifies SEQ ID NO:27-52, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained.
  • a fragment of SEQ JD NO.27-52 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ JD NO:27-52 from related polynucleotide sequences.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ TD NO:27-52 and the region of SEQ JD NO:27-52 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-26 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:27-52.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-26 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specificaUy identifies SEQ ED NO:l-26.
  • a fragment of SEQ 3D NO.J-26 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specificaUy recognize SEQ DD NO: 1-26.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ TD NO:l-26 and the region of SEQ ID NO:l-26 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a “fuU length” polynucleotide sequence is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) foUowed by an open reading frame and a translation te ⁇ nination codon.
  • a “fuU length” polynucleotide sequence encodes a "fuU length” polypeptide sequence.
  • Homology refers to sequence similarity or, interchangeably, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
  • percent identity and “% identity/' as appUed to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aUgned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize aUgnment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
  • BLAST Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool
  • BLAST 2 Sequences can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.n ⁇ .gov/gorf ⁇ l2.html.
  • the "BLAST 2 Sequences” tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that aU encode substantiaUy the same protein.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aUgned using a standardized algorithm.
  • Methods of polypeptide sequence aUgnment are weU-known. Some aUgnment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generaUy preserve the charge andjhydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
  • NCBI BLAST software suite may be used.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) withblastp set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters maybe, for example:
  • Gap x drop-off 50
  • Percent identity maybe measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ED number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • Human artificial chromosomes are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain aU of the elements required for chromosome repUcation, segregation and maintenance.
  • humanized antibody refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and stiU retains its original binding abiUty.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in dete ⁇ riining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions aUowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched.
  • Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skiU in the art and maybe consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions maybe varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity.
  • Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 ⁇ g/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • GeneraUy stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out.
  • Such wash temperatures are typicaUy selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T ⁇ for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1 % SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65 °C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v
  • RNADNA hybridizations may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNADNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions wiU be readily apparent to those of ordinary skiU in the art.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded poiypeptides.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or R 0 t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobiUzed on a soUd support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass sUdes, or any other appropriate substrate to which ceUs or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • a soUd support e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass sUdes, or any other appropriate substrate to which ceUs or their nucleic acids have been fixed.
  • insertion and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Immuno response can refer to conditions associated with iriflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect ceUular and systemic defense systems.
  • an "immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or oUgopeptide fragment of TRICH which is capable of eUciting an immune response when introduced into a Uving organism, for example, a mammal.
  • the term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or oUgopeptide fragment of TRICH which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • microarray refers to an arrangement of a pluraUty of polynucleotides, poiypeptides, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
  • element and “array element” refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microa ⁇ ay.
  • modulate refers to a change in the activity of TRICH. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of TRICH.
  • nucleic acid and nucleic acid sequence refer to a nucleotide, oUgonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • operably linked refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • PNA protein nucleic acid
  • PNA refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oUgonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The te ⁇ ninal lysine confers solubiUty to the composition. PNAs preferentiaUy bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their Ufespan in the ceU.
  • Post-translational modification of an TRICH may involve Upidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur syntheticaUy or biochemicaUy. Biochemical modifications wiU vary by ceU type depending on the enzymatic miUeu of TRICH.
  • Probe refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, aUeUc or related nucleic acid sequences.
  • Probes are isolated oUgonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, Ugands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes.
  • Probes are short nucleic acids, usuaUy DNA oUgonucleotides, which maybe annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme.
  • Primer pairs can be used for ampUi ⁇ cation (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typicaUy comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
  • PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
  • OUgonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oUgonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the pubUc from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, DaUas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope.
  • Primer3 primer selection program (available to the pubUc from the Whitehead mstimte/MTT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) aUows the user to input a "rmspriming UbraryJ in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oUgonucleotides for microarrays.
  • the source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.
  • the PrimeGen program (available to the pubUc from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence aUgnments, thereby aUowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aUgned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oUgonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments.
  • oUgonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fuUy or partiaUy complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Metliods of oUgonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
  • a "recombinant nucleic acid” is a sequence that is not naturaUy occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accompUshed by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra.
  • the term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid.
  • a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence.
  • Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a ceU.
  • such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • a “regulatory element” refers to a nucleic acid sequence usuaUy derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stabiUty.
  • Reporter molecules are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionucUdes; enzymes; fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
  • RNA equivalent in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that aU occurrences of the nitrogenous base mymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • sample is used in its broadest sense.
  • a sample suspected of containing TRICH, nucleic acids encoding TRICH, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a ceU, chromosome, organeUe, or membrane isolated from a ceU; a ceU; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • specific binding and “specificaUy binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a smaU molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition.
  • the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule.
  • a particular structure of the protein e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope
  • the binding molecule e.g., the binding molecule for binding the binding molecule.
  • an antibody is specific for epitope "A”
  • the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody wiU reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • substantiallyUy purified refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturaUy associated.
  • substitution refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Substrate refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, sUdes, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capiUaries.
  • the substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as weUs, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or poiypeptides are bound.
  • a "transcript image” refers to the coUective pattern of gene expression by a particular ceU type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
  • Transformation describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient ceU. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods weU known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host ceU. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host ceU being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, Upofection, and particle bombardment.
  • transformed ceUs includes stably transformed ceUs in which the inserted DNA is capable of repUcation either as an autonomously repUcating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as weU as transiently transformed ceUs which express the inserted DNA or RNA for Umited periods of time.
  • a "transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the ceUs of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques weU known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into the ceU, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the ceU, by way of deUberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus.
  • the term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertiUzation, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule.
  • the transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals.
  • the isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
  • a "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07- 1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length.
  • a variant maybe described as, for example, an "aUeUc” (as defined above), “spUce,” “species,” or “polymorphic” variant.
  • a spUce variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but wiU generaUy have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate spUcing of exons during mRNA processing.
  • the corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule.
  • Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting poiypeptides wiU generaUy have significant amino acid identity relative to each other.
  • a polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species.
  • Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • a "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07- 1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of poiypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the poiypeptides.
  • the invention is based on the discovery of new human transporters and ion channels (TRICH), the polynucleotides encoding TRICH, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and ceU proUferative disorders.
  • TRICH new human transporters and ion channels
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its corresponding polypeptide are correlated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ JD NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ED) as shown.
  • polynucleotide sequence identification number Polynucleotide SEQ ED NO:
  • Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number Incyte Polynucleotide ID
  • FIG. 1 shows the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ED NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide TD) for poiypeptides of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (Gehbank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog.
  • Column 4 shows the probabiUty score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog.
  • Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank homolog along with relevant citations where appUcable, aU of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
  • Table 3 shows various structural features of the poiypeptides of the invention.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ JD NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide.
  • Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Genetics Computer Group, Madison WI).
  • Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs.
  • Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were appUed.
  • SEQ ID NO:2 is 94% identical from amino acids 965 through 2436 to mouse abc2 transporter (GenBank ED g495259) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.)
  • the BLAST probabiUty score is 0.0, which indicates the probabiUty of obtai-uing the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance.
  • SEQ JD NO:2 also contains two ABC transporter domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (I-TMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • I-TMM hidden Markov model
  • PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:3 is an ABC transporter.
  • SEQ ED NO:13 is 97% identical to human gamma subunit precursor of muscle acetylcholine receptor (GenBank ID g825618) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST).
  • SEQ JD NO: 13 also contains a neurotransmitter-gated ion-channel domain as deteimined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ED NO:19 is 62% identical to human vacuolar proton- ATPase (GenBank TD g37643) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 3.2e-129, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. Data from BLAST analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO: 19 is a vacuolar ATP synthase.
  • SEQ TD NO:22 is 94% identical to rat GABA(A) receptor gamma-1 subunit (GenBank ID g56176) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 4.4e-244, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:22 also contains a neurotransmitter-gated ion channel domain as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ JD NO:22 is a neurotransmitter-gated ion channel.
  • SEQ ED NO:26 is 61% identical to rabbit peroxisomal Ca-dependent solute carrier (GenBank ED g2352427) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST).
  • BLAST Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool
  • the BLAST probabiUty score is 6.4e-156, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance.
  • SEQ DD NO:26 also contains three mitochondrial carrier protein domains, as weU as three EF hand domains, as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and
  • SEQ TD NO:26 is a calcium dependent carrier protein.
  • SEQ ID NO:17 is 69% identical to Ambystoma tigrinum electrogenic NaHCO 3 cotransporter (GenBank ID g2198815) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 0.0, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance.
  • SEQ JD NO:17 also contains an HCO 3 transporter family domain as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO: 17 is an anion transporter.
  • SEQ ID NO:l SEQ ID NO:3-12, SEQ TD NO:14-16, SEQ ED NO:18, and SEQ DD
  • SEQ ID NO:20-25 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner.
  • the algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ ID NO: 1-26 are described in Table 7.
  • the fuU length polynucleotide sequences of the present invention were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences.
  • Columns 1 and 2 Ust the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ TD NO:) and the conesponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide DD) for each polynucleotide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs.
  • Column 4 Usts fragments of the polynucleotide sequences which are useful, for example, in hybridization or ampUfication technologies that identify SEQ DD NO:27-52 or that distinguish between SEQ DD NO:27-52 and related polynucleotide sequences.
  • Column 5 shows identification numbers corresponding to cDNA sequences, coding sequences (exons) predicted from genomic DNA, and/or sequence assemblages comprised of both cDNA and genomic DNA. These sequences were used to assemble the fuU length polynucleotide sequences of the invention.
  • Columns 6 and 7 of Table 4 show the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences in column 5 relative to their respective fuU length sequences.
  • the identification numbers in Column 5 of Table 4 may refer specificaUy, for example, to Incyte cDNAs along with their conesponding cDNA Ubraries.
  • 7251266F7 is the identification number of an Incyte cDNA sequence
  • PROSTMY01 is the cDNA Ubrary from which it is derived.
  • Incyte cDNAs for which cDNA Ubraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA Ubraries (e.g., 70564238V1).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs (e.g., g4689801) which contributed to the assembly of the fuU length polynucleotide sequences.
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (ie., those sequences including the designation "ENST”).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (ie. , those sequences including the designation "NM” or “NT”) or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (Le. , those sequences including the designation "NP”).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm.
  • YY J _ XKXKXKJfl 1 JSf 2 _YYYYJSl 3 _N 4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was appUed, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N iA3 ..., if present, represent specific exons that may have been manuaUy edited during analysis (See Example V).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm.
  • YYXKXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is the identification number of a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was appUed, g ⁇ BBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V).
  • a RefSeq identifier (denoted by " ⁇ M,” “ ⁇ P,” or “NT”) may be used in place of the GenBank identifier (Le., gBBBBB).
  • a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods.
  • Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in column 5 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA Ubraries for those fuU length polynucleotide sequences which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences.
  • the representative cDNA Ubrary is the Incyte cDNA Ubrary which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotide sequences.
  • the tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA Ubraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
  • the invention also encompasses TRICH variants.
  • a preferred TRICH variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the TRICH amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of T ⁇ ICH.
  • the invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode TRICH.
  • the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:27-52, which encodes TRICH.
  • the polynucleotide sequences of SEQ DD NO:27-52 as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base ymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • the invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding TRICH.
  • a variant polynucleotide sequence wiU have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TRICH.
  • a particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:27- 52 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:27-52.
  • any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TRICH. It wiU be appreciated by those skiUed in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH, some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturaUy occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as appUed to the polynucleotide sequence of naturaUy occurring TRICH, and aU such variations are to be considered as being specificaUy disclosed.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode TRICH and its variants are generaUy capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturaUy occurring TRICH under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturaUy occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-Ufe, than transcripts produced from the naturaUy occurring sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode TRICH and TRICH derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry.
  • the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and ceU systems using reagents weU known in the art.
  • synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding TRICH or any fragment thereof.
  • polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ DD NO:27-52 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency.
  • Hybridization conditions including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions.”
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are weU known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention.
  • the methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (AppUed Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE ampUfication system (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg MD).
  • sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 Uquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (AppUed Biosystems). Sequencing is then earned out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale CA), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, F.M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, unit 7.7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853.)
  • the nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH maybe extended utiUzing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based metliods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • restriction-site PCR uses universal and nested primers to ampUfy unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector.
  • inverse PCR uses primers that extend in divergent directions to ampUfy unknown sequence from a circularized template.
  • the template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and su ⁇ ounding sequences.
  • a third method, capture PCR involves PCR ampUfication of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences inhuman and yeast artificial chromosome DNA.
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and Ugations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR.
  • Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art.
  • CapiUary electrophoresis systems which are commerciaUy available maybe used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products.
  • capiUary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths.
  • Output Ught intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, AppUed Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controUed.
  • CapiUary electrophoresis is especiaUy preferable for sequencing smaU DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode TRICH may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of TRICH, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host ceUs. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantiaUy the same or a functionaUy equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express TRICH.
  • nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generaUy known in the art in order to alter TRICH-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oUgonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • oUgonucleotide- mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce spUce variants, and so forth.
  • the nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of TRICH, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its abiUty to bind to other molecules or compounds.
  • MOLECULARBREEDING Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C e
  • DNA shuffling is a process by which a Ubrary of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The Ubrary is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening.
  • genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized.
  • fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturaUy occurring genes in a directed and controUable manner.
  • sequences encoding TRICH may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods weU known in the art.
  • chemical methods See, e.g., Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232.
  • TRICH itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods.
  • peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or soUd-phase techniques.
  • the peptide may be substantiaUy purified by preparative high performance Uquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.)
  • the composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53.)
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host.
  • these elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding TRICH. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence.
  • exogenous translational control signals including an in-frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector.
  • Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host ceU system used. (See, e.g., Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. CeU Differ.
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems may be utiUzed to contain and express sequences encoding TRICH. These include, but are not Umited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect ceU systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant ceU systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauUflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal ceU systems.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors
  • yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors insect ceU systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus)
  • plant ceU systems transformed with viral expression vectors
  • Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for deUvery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or ceU population.
  • a number of cloning and expression vectors maybe selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH.
  • routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coU vector such as PBLUESCREPT (Stratagene, La JoUa CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies).
  • PBLUESCREPT Stratagene, La JoUa CA
  • PSPORT1 plasmid Life Technologies
  • these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence.
  • vectors which direct high level expression of TRICH may be used.
  • vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of TRICH.
  • a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharornyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris.
  • such vectors direct either the secretion or intraceUular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation.
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of TRICH. Transcription of sequences encoding TRICH may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J.
  • viral promoters e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J.
  • plant promoters such as the smaU subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used.
  • plant promoters such as the smaU subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used.
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • sequences encoding TRICH may be Ugated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses TRICH in host ceUs.
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammaUan host ceUs.
  • SV40 or EBV- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid.
  • HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and deUvered via conventional deUvery methods (Uposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes. (See, e.g., Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.)
  • stable expression of TRICH in cell lines is prefened.
  • sequences encoding TRICH can be transformed into ceU lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of repUcation and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector.
  • ceUs maybe aUowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence aUows growth and recovery of ceUs which successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed ceUs maybe propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the ceU type.
  • any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed ceU lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr ceUs, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) CeU 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) CeU 22:817-823.) Also, antimetaboUte, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dJifr confers resistance to methotrexate
  • neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively.
  • Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter ceUular requirements for metaboUtes.
  • Visible markers e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), ⁇ glucuronidase and its substrate ⁇ -glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system. (See, e.g., Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed.
  • sequence encoding TRICH is inserted within a marker gene sequence
  • transformed ceUs containing sequences encoding TRICH can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding TRICH under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usuaUy indicates expression of the tandem gene as weU.
  • host ceUs that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding TRICH and that express TRICH may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skiU in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR ampUfication, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences. Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of TRICH using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated ceU sorting (FACS).
  • ELISAs enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • RIAs radioimmunoassays
  • FACS fluorescence activated ceU sorting
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding TRICH include oUgolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR ampUfication using a labeled nucleotide.
  • sequences encoding TRICH, or any fragments thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides.
  • T7, T3, or SP6 an appropriate RNA polymerase
  • Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionucUdes, enzymes, fluorescent, chemdluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as weU as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host ceUs transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from ceU culture.
  • the protein produced by a transformed ceU may be secreted or retained intraceUularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode TRICH may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of TRICH through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic ceU membrane.
  • a host ceU strain may be chosen for its abiUty to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation Upidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro” or "pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity.
  • Different host ceUs which have specific ceUular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture CoUection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the conect modification and processing of the foreign protein.
  • ATCC American Type Culture CoUection
  • Manassas VA American Type Culture CoUection
  • natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH may be Hgated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems.
  • a chimeric TRICH protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commerciaUy available antibody may faciUtate the screening of peptide Ubraries for inhibitors of TRICH activity.
  • Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also faciUtate purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy available affinity matrices.
  • Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmoduUn binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA).
  • GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on iminobiUzed glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively.
  • FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specificaUy recognize these epitope tags.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the TRICH encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that TRICH may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety foUowing purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10).
  • a variety of commerciaUy available kits may also be used to faciUtate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
  • synthesis of radiolabeled TRICH may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35 S-metMonine.
  • TRICH of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that specificaUy bind to TRICH. At least one and up to a pluraUty of test compounds may be screened for specific binding to TRICH.
  • test compounds include antibodies, oUgonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), or smaU molecules.
  • the compound thus identified is closely related to the natural Ugand of TRICH, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner.
  • the compound can be closely related to the natural receptor to which TRICH binds, or to at least a fragment of the receptor, e.g., the Ugand binding site. In either case, the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. In one embodiment, screening for these compounds involves producing appropriate ceUs which express TRICH, either as a secreted protein or on the ceU membrane.
  • ceUs include ceUs from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli. CeUs expressing TRICH or ceU membrane fractions which contain TRICH are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either TRICH or the compound is analyzed.
  • An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label.
  • the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with TRICH, either in solution or affixed to a soUd support, and detecting the binding of TRICH to the compound.
  • the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor.
  • the assay may be carried out using ceU-free preparations, chemical Ubraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) maybe free in solution or affixed to a soUd support.
  • TRICH of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of TRICH.
  • Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists.
  • an assay is performed under conditions permissive for TRICH activity, wherein TRICH is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of TRICH in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of TRICH in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of TRICH in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of TRICH.
  • a test compound is combined with an in vitro or ceU-free system comprising TRICH under conditions suitable for TRICH activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of TRICH may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a pluraUty of test compounds maybe screened.
  • polynucleotides encoding TRICH or their mammaUan homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) ceUs.
  • ES embryonic stem
  • Such techniques are weU known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease. (See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337.)
  • mouse ES ceUs such as the mouse 129/SvJ ceU line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture.
  • the ES ceUs are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • the vector integrates into the conesponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination.
  • homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330).
  • Transformed ES ceUs are identified and microinjected into mouse ceU blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain.
  • the blastocysts are surgicaUy transfe ⁇ ed to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains.
  • Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
  • Polynucleotides encoding TRICH may also be manipulated in vitro in ES ceUs derived from human blastocysts.
  • Human ES ceUs have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate ceU lineages including endoderm, mesode ⁇ n, and ectodermal cell types. These ceU lineages differentiate into, for example, neural ceUs, hematopoietic Uneages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147
  • Polynucleotides encoding TRICH can also be used to create ' jknockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease.
  • pigs pigs
  • transgenic animals mice or rats
  • Imockin technology a region of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH is injected into animal ES ceUs, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal ceU genome.
  • Transformed cells are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above.
  • Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease.
  • a mammal inbred to overexpress TRICH e.g., by secreting TRICH in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74). THERAPEUTICS
  • TRICH Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of TRICH and transporters and ion channels.
  • the expression of TRICH is closely associated with brain, lung, prostate, bladder, bone, hypofhalamus, breast, ileum, stomach, pancreas, and gastrointestinal tissues and tumors of the brain and prostrate. Therefore, TRICH appears to play a role in transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and ceU proUferative disorders.
  • TRICH In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TRICH expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of TRICH.
  • TRICH or a fragment or derivative thereof may be adniinistered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH.
  • a transport disorder such as akinesia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, ataxia telangiectasia, cystic fibrosis, Becker's muscular dystrophy, BeU's palsy, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, diabetes meUitus, diabetes insipidus, diabetic neuropathy, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, normokalemic periodic paralysis, Parkinson's disease, maUgnant hypermermia, multidrug resistance, myasthenia gravis, myotonic dystrophy, catatonia, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, peripheral neuropathy, cerebral neoplasms, prostate cancer, cardiac disorders associated with transport, e.g., angina, bradyar
  • a vector capable of expressing TRICH or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • composition comprising a substantiaUy purified TRICH in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • an agonist which modulates the activity of TRICH may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those Usted above.
  • an antagonist of TRICH may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TRICH.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, those transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and ceU proUferative disorders described above.
  • an antibody which specificaUy binds TRICH may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or deUvery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to ceUs or tissues which express TRICH.
  • a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH maybe administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skiU in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents may act synergisticaUy to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • An antagonist of TRICH may be produced using methods which are generaUy known in the art. In particular, purified TRICH may be used to produce antibodies or to screen Ubraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specificaUy bind TRICH.
  • Antibodies to TRICH may also be generated using methods that are weU known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not Umited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, cMmeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary. NeutraUzing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generaUy prefened for therapeutic use.
  • various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with TRICH or with any fragment or oUgopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties.
  • various adjuvants maybe used to increase immunological response.
  • Such adjuvants include, but are not Umited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG BacilU Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especiaUy preferable.
  • the oUgopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to TRICH have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generaUy wiU consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oUgopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of TRICH amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to TRICH may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous ceU lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-ceU hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J.
  • Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobuUn Ubraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D.R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin Ubraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the Uterature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for TRICH may also be generated.
  • fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab') 2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments.
  • Fab expression Ubraries may be constructed to aUow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W.D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
  • Various immunoassays maybe used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity.
  • Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with estabUshed specificities are weU known in the art.
  • Such immunoassays typicaUy involve the measurement of complex formation between TRICH and its specific antibody.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utiUzing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfeiing TRICH epitopes is generaUy used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques maybe used to assess the affinity of antibodies for TRICH.
  • K a is defined as the molar concentration of TRICH-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equiUbrium conditions.
  • the K a deteimined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular TRICH epitope, represents a true measure of affinity
  • ffigh-aff ⁇ nity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 9 to 10 12 L/mole are prefened for use in immunoassays in which the TRICH- antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations.
  • Low-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 6 to 10 7 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of TRICH, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, E L Press, Washington DC; LiddeU, J.E. and A.
  • polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quaUty and suitabiUty of such preparations for certain downstream appUcations.
  • a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml is generaUy employed in procedures requiring precipitation of TRICH-antibody complexes.
  • Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quaUty and usage in various appUcations, are generaUy available. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and CoUgan et al. supra.)
  • the polynucleotides encoding TRICH may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oUgonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding TRICH.
  • complementary sequences or antisense molecules DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oUgonucleotides
  • antisense oUgonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding TRICH.
  • Antisense sequences can be deUvered intraceUularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the ceUular sequence encoding the target protein.
  • Antisense sequences can also be introduced intraceUularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors.
  • viral vectors such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors.
  • Other gene deUvery mechanisms include Uposome-derived systems, artificial viral envelopes, and other systems known in the art.
  • Rossi J.J. (1995) Br. Med. BuU. 51(l):217-225; Boado, R.J. et al. (1998) J. Pharm. Sci. 87(11):1308-1315; and Morris, M.C. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(14):2730-2736.
  • polynucleotides encoding TRICH may be used for somatic or germline gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be performed to (i) conect a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCDD)-Xl disease characterized by X- linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R.M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C et al.
  • SCDD severe combined immunodeficiency
  • ADA adenosine deaminase
  • TRICH hepatitis B or C virus
  • fungal parasites such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiUensis
  • protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi.
  • diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in TRICH are treated by constructing mammaUan expression vectors encoding TRICH and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into TRICH-deficient ceUs.
  • Mechanical transfer technologies for use with ceUs in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual ceUs, (ii) baUistic gold particle deUvery, (iii) Uposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445-450).
  • PCMV-SCREPT PCMV-TAG
  • PEGSH/PERV Stratagene, La JoUa CA
  • PTET-OFF PTET-ON
  • PTRE2 PTRE2-LUC
  • PTK-HYG Clontech, Palo Alto CA
  • TRICH may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, mymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes), (n) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycUne-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol.
  • a constitutively active promoter e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, mymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes
  • Uposome transformation kits e.g., the PERFECT LTPID TRANSFEC ⁇ ON KIT, available from Invitrogen
  • aUow one with ordinary skiU in the art to deUver polynucleotides to target ceUs in culture and require minimal effort to optimize experimental parameters.
  • transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and A.J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845).
  • the introduction of DNA to primary ceUs requires modification of these standardized mammaUan transfection protocols.
  • diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to TRICH expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding TRICH under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus cis-actmg RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation.
  • Retrovirus vectors e.g., PFB and PFBNEO
  • Retrovirus vectors are commerciaUy available (Stratagene) and are based onpubUshed data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing ceU line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target ceUs or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and A.D. Miller (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. el al.
  • VSVg vector producing ceU line
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg discloses a method for obtaining retiovirus packaging ceU lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of ceUs (e.g., CD4 + T-ceUs), and the return of transduced ceUs to a patient are procedures weU known to persons skilled in the art of gene therapy and have been weU documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al.
  • an adenovirus-based gene therapy deUvery system is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding TRICH to ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormaUties with respect to the expression of TRICH.
  • the construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • RepUcation defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). PotentiaUy useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No.
  • Adadenovirus vectors for gene therapy hereby incorporated by reference.
  • adenoviral vectors see also Antinozzi, P.A. et al. (1999) Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544 and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 18:389:239-242, both incorporated by reference herein.
  • a herpes-based, gene therapy deUvery system is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding TRICH to target ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormaUties with respect to the expression of TRICH.
  • the use of herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based vectors maybe especiaUy valuable for introducing TRICH to ceUs of the central nervous system, for which HS V has a tropism.
  • the construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skiU in the art.
  • a repUcation-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1 -based vector has been used to deUver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X.
  • HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca ("Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer"), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transfened to a ceU under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and ICP22.
  • HSV vectors see also Goins, W.F. et al. (1999) J. Virol. 73:519-532 and Xu, H. et al. (1994) Dev. Biol. 163:152-161, hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus foUowing the transfection of multiple plasmids contaiiiing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpesvirus, and the infection of ceUs with herpesvirus are techniques weU known to those of ordinary skiU in the art.
  • an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding TRICH to target ceUs.
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • alphavirus RNA repUcation a subgenomic RNA is generated that normaUy encodes the viral capsid proteins.
  • This subgenomic RNA repUcates to higher levels than the fuU length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase).
  • capsid proteins e.g., capsid proteins
  • enzymatic activity e.g., protease and polymerase.
  • mserting the coding sequence for TRICH into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of TRICH-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of TRICH in vector transduced ceUs.
  • alphavirus infection is typicaUy associated with ceU lysis within a few days
  • the abiUty to estabUsh a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney ceUs (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic repUcation of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy appUcation (Dryga, S.A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83).
  • the wide host range of alphaviruses will aUow the introduction of TRICH into a variety of ceU types.
  • the specific transduction of a subset of ceUs in a population may require the sorting of ceUs prior to transduction.
  • the methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are weU known to those with ordinary skiU in the art.
  • OUgonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site may also be employed to inhibit gene expression.
  • inhibition can be achieved using triple heUx base-pairing methodology.
  • Triple heUx pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the abiUty of the double heUx to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules.
  • Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the Uterature. (See, e.g., Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.L Can, Molecular and m ⁇ munologic Approaches, Futura PubUshing, Mt.
  • a complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Ribozymes enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA.
  • the mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, foUowed by endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding TRICH.
  • RNA sequences within any potential RNA target are initiaUy identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the foUowing sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC
  • short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, conesponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oUgonucleotide inoperable.
  • the suitabiUty of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibiUty to hybridization with complementary oUgonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes of the invention maybe prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemicaUy synthesizing oUgonucleotides such as soUd phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis.
  • RNA molecules maybe generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding TRICH. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6.
  • these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into ceU lines, ceUs, or tissues.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intraceUular stabiUty and half-Ufe. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH.
  • Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oUgonucleotides, antisense oUgonucleotides, triple heUx-forming oUgonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression.
  • a compound which specificaUy inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH may be therapeuticaUy useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TRICH expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH may be therapeuticaUy useful.
  • At least one, and up to a pluraUty, of test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide.
  • a test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, mcluding chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commerciaUy-available or proprietary Ubrary of namraUy-occuning or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a Ubrary of chemical compounds created combinatoriaUy or randomly.
  • a sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding TRICH is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained.
  • the sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabiUzed ceU, or an in vitro ceU-free or reconstituted biochemical system. Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH are assayed by any method commonly known in the art. TypicaUy, the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH.
  • the amount of hybridization maybe quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds. Detection of a change in the expression of a polynucleotide exposed to a test compound indicates that the test compound is effective in altering the expression of the polynucleotide.
  • a screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human ceU line such as HeLa ceU (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
  • a particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial Ubrary of oUgonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oUgonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691). Many methods for introducing vectors into ceUs or tissues are available and equaUy suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo.
  • oUgonucleotides such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oUgonucleotides
  • vectors may be introduced into stem ceUs taken from the patient and clonaUy propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient.
  • DeUvery by transfection, by Uposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above maybe appUed to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generaUy comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient.
  • Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, ceUuloses, gums, and proteins.
  • Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack PubUshing, Easton PA).
  • Such compositions may consist of TRICH, antibodies to TRICH, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TRICH.
  • compositions utiUzed in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not Umited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, mti.ath.ecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • compositions for pulmonary administration maybe prepared in Uquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generaUy aerosoUzed immediately prior to inhalation by the patient.
  • aerosol deUvery of fast- acting formulations is weU-known in the art.
  • macromolecules e.g. larger peptides and proteins
  • Pulmonary deUvery has the advantage of adnrLinistration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentiaUy toxic penetration enhancers.
  • compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose.
  • the detennination of an effective dose is weU within the capabiUty of those skiUed in the art.
  • SpeciaUzed forms of compositions maybe prepared for direct intraceUular deUvery of macromolecules comprising TRICH or fragments thereof.
  • Uposome preparations containing a ceU-impermeable macromolecule may promote ceU fusion and intraceUular deUvery of the macromolecule.
  • TRICH or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N- terminal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the ceUs of aU tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
  • the therapeuticaUy effective dose can be estimated initiaUy either in ceU culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic ceUs, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs.
  • ceU culture assays e.g., of neoplastic ceUs
  • animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs.
  • An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for adrriinistration in humans.
  • a therapeuticaUy effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example TRICH or fragments thereof, antibodies of TRICH, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of TRICH, which ameUorates the symptoms or condition.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity maybe determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in ceU cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED S0 (the dose therapeuticaUy effective in 50% of the population) or LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD 50 /ED 50 ratio.
  • Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened.
  • the data obtained from ceU culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED 50 with Uttle or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route
  • the exact dosage wiU be determined by the practitioner, in Ught of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be adncunistered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-Ufe and clearance rate of the particular formulation. Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration.
  • antibodies which specificaUy bind TRICH may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of TRICH, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with TRICH or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TRICH.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for TRICH include methods which utiUze the antibody and a label to detect TRICH in human body fluids or in extracts of ceUs or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • TRICH TRICH
  • ELISAs RIAs
  • FACS fluorescence-activated cell sorting
  • normal or standard values for TRICH expression are estabUshed by comb ing body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal mammaUan subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to TRICH under conditions suitable for complex formation.
  • the amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means.
  • Quantities of TRICH expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values estabUshes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • the polynucleotides encoding TRICH maybe used for diagnostic purposes.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include oUgonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of TRICH may be correlated • with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay maybe used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of TRICH, and to monitor regulation of TRICH levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding TRICH or closely related molecules maybe used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode TRICH.
  • the specificity of the probe determine whether it is made from ahighly specific region, e.g., the 5'regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or ampUfication wiU determine whether the probe identifies only naturaUy occuning sequences encoding TRICH, aUeUc variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the TRICH encoding sequences.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ DD NO:27-52 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the TRICH gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding TTUCH include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or TRICH derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes.
  • vectors are known in the art, are commerciaUy available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionucUdes such as 32 P or 35 S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of TRICH.
  • disorders include, but are not Umited to, a transport disorder such as akinesia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, ataxia telangiectasia, cystic fibrosis, Becker's muscular dystrophy, BeU's palsy, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, diabetes meUitus, diabetes insipidus, diabetic neuropathy, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, normokalemic periodic paralysis, Parkinson's disease, maUgnant hyperthermia, multidrug resistance, myasthenia gravis, myotonic dystrophy, catatonia, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, peripheral neuropathy, cerebral neoplasms, prostate cancer, cardiac disorders associated with transport, e.g., angina, bradyarrythmia, tachyanytlrmi
  • TRICH may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microanays utiUzing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered TRICH expression.
  • quaUtative or quantitative methods are weU known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder.
  • Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is estabUshed. This may be accompUshed by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding TRICH, under conditions suitable for hybridization or ampUfication.
  • Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantiaUy purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to estabUsh the presence of a disorder.
  • hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject.
  • the results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may aUow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earUer thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • Additional diagnostic uses for oUgonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding TRICH may involve the use of PCR. These oUgomers may be chemicaUy synthesized, generated enzymaticaUy, or produced in vitro.
  • OUgomers wiU preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding TRICH, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. OUgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • oUgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, oUgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH are used to ampUfy DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the like.
  • SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels.
  • the oUgonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which aUows detection of the ampUmers in gh-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines.
  • AdditionaUy sequence database analysis methods, termed in siUco SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence.
  • SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego CA).
  • TRICH TRICH-specific RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA cleavage-associated RNA sequence, and the like.
  • biotinylating nucleotides coampUfication of a control nucleic acid
  • interpolating results from standard curves See, e.g., Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem.
  • the speed of quantitation of multiple samples maybe accelerated by running the assay in a Mgh-throughput format where the oUgomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • oUgonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein maybe used as elements on a microanay.
  • the microa ⁇ ay can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below.
  • the microanay may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease.
  • this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient.
  • therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his her pharmacogenomic profile.
  • TRICH fragments of TRICH, or antibodies specific for TRICH may be used as elements on a microanay.
  • the microanay may be used to monitor or measure protein- protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
  • a particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or ceU type.
  • a transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or cell type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. (See Seilhamer et al, "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484, expressly incorporated by reference herein.)
  • a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totaUty of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a pluraUty of elements on a microarray.
  • the resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
  • Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, ceU lines, biopsies, or other biological samples. The transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a ceU line.
  • Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as weU as toxicological testing of industrial and naturaUy-occurring environmental compounds.
  • AU compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471, expressly incorporated by reference herein). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound.
  • Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels conesponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified.
  • the transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
  • proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • proteome expression patterns, or profiles are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time.
  • a profile of a ceU's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the poiypeptides of a particular tissue or ceU type.
  • the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra).
  • the proteins are visuaUzed in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typicaUy by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains.
  • the optical density of each protein spot is generaUy proportional to the level of the protein in the sample.
  • the optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment.
  • the proteins in the spots are partiaUy sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage foUowed by mass spectrometry.
  • the identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
  • a proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for TRICH to quantify the levels of TRICH expression.
  • the antibodies are used as elements on a microarray, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each array element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788).
  • Detection maybe performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each array element.
  • Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in paraUel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level.
  • There is a poor correlation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures maybe useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile.
  • the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling maybe more reUable and informative in such cases.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound.
  • Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified.
  • the amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the conesponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the poiypeptides of the present invention.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the poiypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Microanays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art.
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence.
  • Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentiaUy cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping.
  • sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries.
  • HACs human artificial chromosomes
  • YACs yeast artificial chromosomes
  • BACs bacterial artificial chromosomes
  • PI constructions or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries.
  • the nucleic acid sequences of the invention maybe used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP).
  • RFLP restriction fragment length polymorphism
  • FISH Fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online MendeUan Inheritance in Man (OMEVI) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding TRICH on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts. In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps.
  • a gene on the chromosome of another mammaUan species may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques.
  • Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely locaUzed by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to llq22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation.
  • nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • TRICH in another embodiment, TRICH, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oUgopeptides thereof can be used for screening Ubraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the fragment employed in such screening maybe free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a ceU surface, or located intraceUularly. The formation of binding complexes between TRICH and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest.
  • This method large numbers of different smaU test compounds are synthesized on a soUd substrate. The test compounds are reacted with TRICH, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound TRICH is then detected by methods weU known in the art. Purified TRICH can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques.
  • non-neutraUzing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a soUd support.
  • antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with TRICH.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode TRICH maybe used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are cunently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA Ubraries described in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA) and shown in Table 4, column 5. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanoi or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oUgo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN).
  • RNA was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA Ubraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA Ubraries were constructed with the
  • UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1997, supra, units 5.1-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oUgo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oUgonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes.
  • the cDNA was size-selected (300- 1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • cDNAs were Ugated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polyUnker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA (Invitrogen), PCMV- ICIS (Stratagene), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), or derivatives thereof.
  • a suitable plasmid e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA (Invitrogen), PCMV- ICIS (Stratagene), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics, Pal
  • coU ceUs including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5 ⁇ , DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies.
  • Isolation of cDNA Clones Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNTZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by ceU lysis.
  • Plasmids were purified using at least one of the foUowing: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. FoUowing precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distiUed water and stored, with or without lyophiUzation, at 4°C
  • plasmid DNA was ampUfied from host ceU lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host ceU lysis and thermal cycling steps were canied out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in
  • Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or lUgh-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (AppUed Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) Uquid transfer system.
  • cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or suppUed in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems).
  • Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997, supra, unit 7.7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VHI.
  • the polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vaUdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM.
  • PubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases
  • BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM.
  • HMM is a probabiUstic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene famiUes. See, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Cun. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.)
  • the queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce fuU length polynucleotide sequences.
  • GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to fuU length.
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the conesponding full length polypeptide sequences.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may begin at any of the metl ⁇ onine residues of the fuU length translated polypeptide.
  • FuU length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM.
  • GenBank protein databases Genpept
  • SwissProt SwissProt
  • BLOCKS BLOCKS
  • PRINTS DOMO
  • PRODOM Prosite
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence aUgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence aUgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aUgned sequences. Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of
  • Incyte cDNA and fuH length sequences and provides appUcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • the first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, aU of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where appUcable, the scores, probabiUty values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabiUty value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
  • Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (See Burge, C and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94, and Burge, C and S. Karlin (1998) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a methionine to a stop codon.
  • Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences.
  • the maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb.
  • the encoded poiypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for transporters and ion channels. Potential transporters and ion channels were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as transporters and ion channels. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases.
  • Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to conect errors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons.
  • BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubUc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription.
  • Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence.
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or pubUc cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example TH. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
  • Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example HI were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters contaiiiing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible spUce variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a fuU length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity.
  • Partial DNA sequences were extended to fuU length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis.
  • the nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV.
  • a cljimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog.
  • HSPs high-scoring segment pairs
  • GenBank protein homolog The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the pubUc human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore "stretched” or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene. VI. Chromosomal Mapping of TRICH Encoding Polynucleotides
  • sequences which were used to assemble SEQ DD NO:27-52 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and pubUc domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith-Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ DD NO:27-52 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to deteimine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of aU sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ DD NO:, to that map location.
  • pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to deteimine if any of the clustere
  • Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes.
  • the map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p- arm.
  • centiMorgan cM
  • centiMorgan is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.
  • the cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
  • SEQ DD N0:31 was mapped to chromosome 1 within the interval from 133.00 to 137.30 centiMorgans.
  • SEQ DD NO:33 was mapped to chromosome 12 within the interval from 120.50 to the q terminal, or more specificaUy, within the interval from 126.10 to 145.70 centiMorgans.
  • Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound.
  • a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel (1995) supra, ch. 4 and 16.
  • Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in cDNA databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Genomics). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations.
  • the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to determine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar.
  • the basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as:
  • the product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match.
  • the product score is a normaUzed value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as foUows: the BLAST score is multipUed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences).
  • the BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score.
  • the product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quaUty in a BLAST aUgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
  • polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example DT). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a human tissue.
  • Each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract.
  • the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories.
  • each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories.
  • the resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding TRICH.
  • cDNA sequences and cDNA Ubrary/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA).
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences were also produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the fuU length molecule using oUgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment.
  • One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment.
  • the initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dunerizations was avoided.
  • Selected human cDNA Ubraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
  • the plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA.
  • a 5 ⁇ l to 10 ⁇ l aUquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to deteimine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • the extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transfened to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • CviJI cholera virus endonuclease Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI
  • sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector
  • the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega).
  • Extended clones were reUgated using T4 Ugase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fiU-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coU ceUs. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384- weU plates in LB/2x carb Uquid media.
  • the ceUs were lysed, and DNA was ampUfied by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step 1: 94 °C, 3 min; Step 2: 94 °C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60 °C, 1 min; Step 4: 72 °C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reampUfied using the same conditions as described above.
  • fuU length polynucleotide sequences are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5' regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic Ubrary.
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ DD NO:27-52 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oUgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments.
  • OUgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oUgomer, 250 ⁇ Ci of [ ⁇ - 32 P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA).
  • the labeled oUgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextranbead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • An aUquot containing 10 7 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl D, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu H (DuPont NEN).
  • the DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transfe ⁇ ed to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentiaUy washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visuaUzed using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared.
  • microarrays The linkage or synthesis of anay elements upon a microanay can be achieved utilizing photoUthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing, See, e.g., Baldeschweiler, supra.), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof.
  • the substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and soUd with a non-porous surface (Schena (1999), supra).
  • Suggested substrates include siUcon, siUca, glass sUdes, glass chips, and siUcon wafers.
  • a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to anange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures.
  • a typical anay may be produced using available methods and machines weU known to those of ordinary skiU in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements. (See, e.g., Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; MarshaU, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31.)
  • FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oUgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microanay. Fragments or oUgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR).
  • the anay elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample.
  • the polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection.
  • a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element.
  • laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization.
  • the degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microanay may be assessed.
  • microanay preparation and usage is described in detail below.
  • Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A) + RNA is purified using the oUgo-(dT) ceUulose method.
  • Each poly(A) + RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/ ⁇ l oUgo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, 500 ⁇ M dATP, 500 ⁇ M dGTP, 500 ⁇ M dTTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • the reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A) + RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte).
  • Specific control poly(A) + RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeling) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.
  • Anay elements are ampUfied in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 ⁇ g.
  • AmpUfied anay elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). Purified anay elements are immobilized on polymer-coated glass sUdes. Glass microscope sUdes (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distiUed water washes between and after treatments. Glass sUdes are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (NWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distiUed water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol. Coated sUdes are cured in a 110°C oven.
  • Array elements are appUed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S. Patent No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference.
  • 1 ⁇ l of the anay element DNA is loaded into the open capiUary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of anay element sample per sUde.
  • Microanays are TJV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microanays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distiUed water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microanays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60° C foUowed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distiUed water as before.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Hybridization reactions contain 9 ⁇ l of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 ⁇ g each of Cy3 and Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5X SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer.
  • the sample mixture is heated to 65° C for 5 minutes and is aUquoted onto the microanay surface and covered with an 1.8 cm 2 coversUp.
  • the arrays are transfened to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just sUghtly larger than a microscope sUde.
  • the chamber is kept at 100% humidity internaUy by the addition of 140 ⁇ l of 5X SSC in a corner of the chamber.
  • the chamber containing the anays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C
  • the arrays are washed for 10 min at 45° C in a first wash buffer (IX SSC, 0.1 % SDS), three times for 10 minutes each at 45° C in a second wash buffer (0. IX SSC), and dried. Detection
  • Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5.
  • the excitation laser Ught is focused on the anay using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., MelviUe NY).
  • the sUde containing the anay is placed on a computer-controUed X-Y stage on the microscope and raster- scanned past the objective.
  • the 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm anay used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
  • a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy. Emitted Ught is spUt, based on wavelength, into two photomultipUer tube detectors (PMT R1477,
  • a specific location on the anay contains a complementary DNA sequence, aUowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be correlated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000.
  • the caUbration is done by labeling samples of the caUbrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
  • the output of the photomultipUer tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTT-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc., Norwood MA) instaUed in an IBM-compatible PC computer.
  • the digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal).
  • the data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first conected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore's emission spectrum.
  • a grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid.
  • the fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value conesponding to the average intensity of the signal.
  • the software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte).
  • Sequences complementary to the TRICH-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring TRICH.
  • oUgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments.
  • Appropriate oUgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of TRICH.
  • a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence.
  • a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed to prevent rihosomal binding to the TRICH-encoding transcript.
  • TRICH Transcription factor-like protein
  • cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element.
  • Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3).
  • Antibiotic resistant bacteria express TRICH upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (DPTG).
  • TRICH in eukaryotic ceUs is achieved by infecting insect or mammaUan ceU lines with recombinant Autographica caUfornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus.
  • AcMNPV Autographica caUfornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding TRICH by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases.
  • TRICH is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione
  • GST S-transferase
  • FLAG a peptide epitope tag
  • GST a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobiUzed glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). FoUowing purification, the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from TRICH at specificaUy engineered sites.
  • FLAG an 8-amino acid peptide
  • 6- His a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified TRICH obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVI, XVH, and XV Q where appUcable. XIII. Functional Assays
  • TRICH function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding TRICH at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammaUan ceU culture systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into a mammaUan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT (Life Technologies) and PCR3J (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 ⁇ g of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human ceU line, for example, an endotheUal or hematopoietic ceU line, using either Uposome formulations or electroporation.
  • 1-2 ⁇ g of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected.
  • Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected ceUs from nontransfected ceUs and is a reUable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector.
  • Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein.
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with ceU death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in ceU size and granularity as measured by forward Ught scatter and 90 degree side Ught scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of ceU surface and intraceUular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the ceU surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994) Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY.
  • TRICH The influence of TRICH on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of ceUs transfected with sequences encoding TRICH and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
  • CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobuUn G (IgG).
  • Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontransfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY).
  • mRNA can be purified from the cells using methods weU known by those of skin in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding TRICH and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques.
  • PAGE polyaciylamide gel electrophoresis
  • TRICH amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding oUgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skiU in the art.
  • LASERGENE software DNASTAR
  • Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or inhydrophiUc regions are weU described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
  • oUgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hy ⁇ oxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity.
  • MFS N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hy ⁇ oxysuccinimide ester
  • Rabbits are immunized with the oUgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-TRICH activity by, for example, binding the peptide or TRICH to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • Naturally occurring or recombinant TRICH is substantiaUy purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for TRICH.
  • An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-TRICH antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • TRICH Media containing TRICH are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of TRICH (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent).
  • the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibodyTRICH binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and TRICH is coUected.
  • Molecules which interact with TRICH may include transporter substrates, agonists or antagonists, modulatory proteins such as G ⁇ proteins (Reimann, supra) or proteins involved in TRICH locaUzation or clustering such as MAGUKs (Craven, supra).
  • TRICH, or biologicaUy active fragments thereof are labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.)
  • Candidate molecules previously anayed in the weUs of a multi-weU plate are incubated with the labeled TRICH, washed, and any weUs with labeled TRICH complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of TRICH are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of TRICH with the candidate molecules.
  • TRICH proteins that interact with TRICH are isolated using the yeast 2-hybrid system (Fields, S. and O. Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246).
  • TRICH, or fragments thereof are expressed as fusion proteins with the DNA binding domain of Gal4 or lexA, and potential interacting proteins are expressed as fusion proteins with an activation domain.
  • Interactions between the TRICH fusion protein and the TRICH interacting proteins reconstitute a transactivation function that is observed by expression of a reporter gene.
  • Yeast 2-hybrid systems are commerciaUy available, and methods for use of the yeast 2-hybrid system with ion channel proteins are discussed in Niethammer, M. and M. Sheng (1998, Meth.
  • TRICH may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a Mgh-throughput manner to detenriine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
  • Potential TRICH agoMsts or antagomsts may be tested for activation or inMbition of TRICH ion channel activity using the assays described in section XVD .
  • XVII Demonstration of TRICH Activity
  • TRICH can be expressed by transforming a mammaUan ceU Une such as COS7, HeLa or CHO with a eukaryotic expression vector encoding TRICH. Eukaryotic expression vectors are commerciaUy available, and the techniques to introduce them into ceUs are well known to those skiUed in the art.
  • a second plasmid wMch expresses any one of a number of marker genes, such as ⁇ - galactosidase, is co-transformed into the ceUs to aUow rapid identification of those ceUs wMch have taken up and expressed the foreign DNA. The ceUs are incubated for 48-72 hours after transformation under conditions appropriate for the ceU line to aUow expression and accumulation of TRICH and ⁇ -galactosidase.
  • Transformed ceUs expressing ⁇ -galactosidase are stained blue when a suitable colorimetric substrate is added to the culture media under conditions that are weU known in the art. Stained ceUs are tested for differences in membrane conductance by electrophysiological techniques that are weU known in the art. Untransformed ceUs, and/or ceUs transformed with either vector sequences alone or ⁇ -galactosidase sequences alone, are used as controls and tested in paraUel.
  • CeUs expressing TRICH wiU have Mgher anion or cation conductance relative to control ceUs. The contribution of TRICH to conductance can be confirmed by incubating the ceUs using antibodies specific for TRICH. The antibodies wiU bind to the extraceUular side of TRICH, thereby blocking the pore in the ion channel, and the associated conductance.
  • TRICH ion channel activity of TRICH is measured as cunent flow across a TRICH- containing Xenopus laevis oocyte membrane using the two-electrode voltage-clamp technique (IsM et al., supra; Jegla, T. and L. Salkoff (1997) J. Neurosci. 17:32-44).
  • TRICH is subcloned into an appropriate Xenopus oocyte expression vector, such as pBF, and 0.5-5 ng of mRNA is injected into mature stage IV oocytes. Injected oocytes are incubated at 18 °C for 1-5 days.
  • IntraceUular solution containing 116 mM K-gluconate, 4 mM KC1, and 10 mM Hepes (pH 1.2).
  • the intraceUular solution is supplemented with varying concentrations of the TRICH mediator, such as cAMP, cGMP, or Ca +2 (in the form of CaCl 2 ), where appropriate.
  • Electrode resistance is set at 2-5 M ⁇ and electrodes are fiUed with the intraceUular solution lacking mediator. Experiments are performed at room temperature from a holding potential of 0 mV. Voltage ramps (2.5 s) from -100 to 100 mV are acquired at a sampling frequency of 500 Hz. Cunent measured is proportional to the activity of TRICH in the assay. In particular, the activity of TRICH- 25 is measured as CI- conductance. Transport activity of TRICH is assayed by measuring uptake of labeled substrates into
  • Xenopus laevis oocytes Oocytes at stages V and VI are injected with TRICH mRNA (10 ng per oocyte) and incubated for 3 days at 18°C in OR2 medium (82.5mM NaCl, 2.5 mM KCl, ImM CaCl 2 , ImM MgCl 2 , ImM Na ⁇ O ⁇ 5 mM Hepes, 3.8 mM NaOH , 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin, pH 7.8) to aUow expression of TRICH.
  • OR2 medium 82.5mM NaCl, 2.5 mM KCl, ImM CaCl 2 , ImM MgCl 2 , ImM Na ⁇ O ⁇ 5 mM Hepes, 3.8 mM NaOH , 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin, pH 7.8
  • Oocytes are then transfe ⁇ ed to standard uptake medium (lOOmM NaCl, 2 mM KCl, ImM CaCl 2 , ImM MgCl 2 , 10 mM Hepes/Tris pH 7.5).
  • uptake of various substrates e.g., amino acids, sugars, drugs, ions, and neurotransmitters
  • labeled substrate e.g. radiolabeled with 3 H, fluorescently labeled with rhodamine, etc.
  • test substrates include amino acids for TRICH-1, xanthine and uracil for TRICH-3, meUbiose for TRICH-18, monocarboxylate for TRICH-20, neurotransmitters such as gamma-aminobutyric acid (GAB A) for TRICH-22, and nucleosides for TRICH-23.
  • GAB A gamma-aminobutyric acid
  • ATPase activity associated with TRICH can be measured by hydrolysis of radiolabeled ATP- [ ⁇ - 32 P], separation of the hydrolysis products by cMomatograpMc methods, and quantitation of the recovered 32 P using a scintiUation counter.
  • the reaction mixture contains ATP-[ ⁇ - 32 P] and varying amounts of TRICH in a suitable buffer incubated at 37 °C for a suitable period of time.
  • the reaction is te ⁇ ninated by acid precipitation with trichloroacetic acid and then neutraUzed with base, and an aUquot of the reaction mixture is subjected to membrane or filter paper-based chromatography to separate the reaction products.
  • TRICH is expressed in a eukaryotic ceU Une such as CHO (Chinese Hamster Ovary) or HEK (Human Embryo c Kidney) 293.
  • Ion channel activity of the transformed ceUs is measured in the presence and absence of candidate agomsts or antago sts.
  • Ion channel activity is assayed using patch clamp methods weU known in the art or as described in Example XVU.
  • ion channel activity is assayed using fluorescent techniques that measure ion flux across the ceU membrane (VeUcelebi, G. et al. (1999) Meth. Enzymol. 294:20-47; West, M.R. and CR. MoUoy (1996) Anal. Biochem.
  • Candidate agomsts or antagomsts may be selected from known ion channel agomsts or antagomsts, peptide Ubraries, or combinatorial chemical Ubraries.
  • ABI FACTURA A program that removes vector sequences and Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA. masks ambiguous bases in nucleic acid sequences.
  • ABI/PARACEL FDF A Fast Data Finder useful in comparing and Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Mismatch ⁇ 50% annotating amino acid or nucleic acid sequences. Paracel Inc., Pasadena, CA.
  • ABI AutoAssembler A program that assembles nucleic acid sequences. Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA.
  • fastx score 100 or greater
  • TMiaVlMER A program that uses a hidden Markov model (HMM) to Sonnha mer, E.L. et al. (1998) Proc. Sixth Intl. delineate transmembrane segments on protein sequences Conf. on Intelligent Systems for Mol. Biol., and determine orientation. Glasgow et al., eds., The Am. Assoc. for Artificial Intelligence Press, Menlo Park, CA, pp. 175-182.
  • HMM hidden Markov model

Abstract

The invention provides human transporters and ion channels (TRICH) and polynucleotides which identify and encode TRICH. The invention also provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating, or preventing disorders associated with aberrant expression of TRICH.

Description

TRANSPORTERS AND ION CHANNELS
TECHNICAL FIELD
This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transporters and ion channels and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and cell proliferative disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transporters and ion channels.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Eukaryotic cells are surrounded and subdivided into functionally distinct organelles by hydrophobic lipid bilayer membranes which are highly impermeable to most polar molecules. Cells and organelles require transport proteins to import and export essential nutrients and metal ions including K+, NHψ"1", Pj, SO4 2", sugars, and vitamins, as well as various metabolic waste products. Transport proteins also play roles in antibiotic resistance, toxin secretion, ion balance, synaptic neurotransmission, kidney function, intestinal absorption, tumor growth, and other diverse cell functions (Griffith, J. and C. Sansom (1998) The Transporter Facts Book, Academic Press, San Diego CA, pp. 3-29). Transport can occur by a passive concentration-dependent mechanism, or can be linked to an energy source such as ATP hydrolysis or an ion gradient. Proteins that function in transport include carrier proteins, which bind to a specific solute and undergo a conformational change that translocates the bound solute across the membrane, and channel proteins, which form hydrophilic pores that allow specific solutes to diffuse through the membrane down an electrochemical solute gradient.
Carrier proteins which transport a single solute from one side of the membrane to the other are called uniporters. In contrast, coupled transporters link the transfer of one solute with simultaneous or sequential transfer of a second solute, either in the same direction (symport) or in the opposite direction (antiport). For example, intestinal and kidney epitheHum contains a variety of symporter systems driven by the sodium gradient that exists across the plasma membrane. Sodium moves into the cell down its electrochemical gradient and brings the solute into the cell with it. The sodium gradient that provides the driving force for solute uptake is m-ύntained by the ubiquitous Na+/K+ ATPase system. Sodium-coupled transporters include the mammalian glucose transporter (SGLT1). iodide transporter (MS), and multivitamin transporter (SMVT). All three transporters have twelve putative transmembrane segments, extracellular glycosylation sites, and cytoplasmically- oriented N- and C-termini. MS plays a crucial role in the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of various thyroid pathologies because it is the molecular basis for radiόiodide thyroid-imaging techniques and for specific targeting of radioisotopes to the thyroid gland (Levy, O. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:5568-5573). SMVT is expressed in the intestinal mucosa, kidney, and placenta, and is implicated in the transport of the water-soluble vitamins, e.g., biotin and pantothenate (Prasad, P.D. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:7501-7506). One of the largest families of transporters is the major facilitator superfamily (MFS), also called the uniporter-symporter-antiporter family. MFS transporters are single polypeptide carriers that transport small solutes in response to ion gradients. Members of the MFS are found in all classes of living organisms, and include transporters for sugars, oligosaccharides, phosphates, nitrates, nucleosides, monocarboxylates, and drugs. MFS transporters found in eukaryotes all have a structure comprising 12 transmembrane segments (Pao, S.S. et al. (1998) Microbiol. Molec. Biol. Rev. 62:1-34). The largest family of MFS transporters is the sugar transporter family, which includes the seven glucose transporters (GLUT1-GLUT7) found in humans that are required for the transport of glucose and other hexose sugars. These glucose transport proteins have unique tissue distributions and physiological functions. GLUT1 provides many cell types with their basal glucose requirements and transports glucose across epithelial and endothelial barrier tissues; GLUT2 facilitates glucose uptake or efflux from the liver; GLUT3 regulates glucose supply to neurons; GLUT4 is responsible for insulin- regulated glucose disposal; and GLUT5 regulates fructose uptake into skeletal muscle. Defects in glucose transporters are involved in a recently identified neurological syndrome causing infantile seizures and developmental delay, as well as glycogen storage disease, Fanconi-Bickel syndrome, and non- sulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Mueckler, M. (1994) Eur. J. Biochem. 219:713-725; Longo, N. and LJ. Elsas (1998) Adv. Pediatr. 45:293-313).
Monocarboxylate anion transporters are proton-coupled symporters with a broad substrate specificity that includes L-lactate, pyruvate, and the ketone bodies acetate, acetoacetate, and beta-hydroxybutyrate. At least seven isoforms have been identified to date. The isoforms are predicted to have twelve transmembrane (TM) helical domains with a large intracellular loop between TM6 and TM7, and play a critical role in mamtaining intracellular pH by removing the protons that are produced stoichiometrically with lactate during glycolysis. The best characterized H+-monocarboxylate transporter is that of the erythrocyte membrane, which transports L-lactate and a wide range of other aliphatic monocarboxylates. Other cells possess H+-linked monocarboxylate transporters with differing substrate and inhibitor selectivities. In particular, cardiac muscle and tumor cells have transporters that differ in their K„. values for certain substrates, including stereoselectivity for L- over D-lactate, and in their sensitivity to inhibitors. There are Na+-monocarboxylate cotransporters on the luminal surface of intestinal and kidney epithelia, which allow the uptake of lactate, pyruvate, and ketone bodies in these tissues. In addition, there are specific and selective transporters for organic cations and organic anions in organs including the kidney, intestine and liver. Organic anion transporters are selective for hydrophobic, charged molecules with electron-attracting side groups. Organic cation transporters, such as the ammonium transporter, mediate the secretion of a variety of drugs and endogenous metabolites, and contribute to the maintenance of intercellular pH (Poole, R.C. and A.P. Halestrap (1993) Am. J. Physiol. 264:C761-C782; Price, N.T. et al. (1998) Biochem. J. 329:321-328; and Martinelle, K. and I. Haggstrom (1993) J. Biotechnol. 30:339-350).
ATP-binding cassette (ABC) transporters are members of a superfamily of membrane proteins that transport substances ranging from small molecules such as ions, sugars, amino acids, peptides, and phospholipids, to lipopeptides, large proteins, and complex hydrophobic drugs. ABC transporters consist of four modules: two nucleotide-binding domains (NBD), which hydrolyze ATP to supply the energy required for transport, and two membrane-spanning domains (MSD), each containing six putative transmembrane segments. These four modules may be encoded by a single gene, as is the case for the cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator (CFTR), or by separate genes. When encoded by separate genes, each gene product contains a single NBD and MSD. These "half- molecules" form homo- and heterodimers, such as Tapl and Tap2, the endoplasmic reticulum-based major histocompatibility (MHC) peptide transport system. Several genetic diseases are attributed to defects in ABC transporters, such as the following diseases and their corresponding proteins: cystic fibrosis (CFTR, an ion channel), adrenoleukodystrophy (adrenoleukodystrophy protein, ALDP), Zellweger syndrome (peroxisomal membrane protein-70, PMP70), and hypermsulinemic hypoglycemia (sulfonylurea receptor, SUR). Overexpression of the multidrug resistance (MDR) protein, another ABC transporter, in human cancer cells makes the cells resistant to a variety of cytotoxic drugs used in chemotherapy (Taglicht, D. and S. Michaelis (1998) Meth. Enzymol. 292:130-162).
A number of metal ions such as iron, zinc, copper, cobalt, manganese, molybdenum, selenium, nickel, and chromium are important as cofactors for a number of enzymes. For example, copper is involved in hemoglobin synthesis, connective tissue metabolism, and bone development, by acting as a cofactor in oxidoreductases such as superoxide dismutase, ferroxidase (ceroloplasmin), and lysyl oxidase. Copper and other metal ions must be provided in the diet, and are absorbed by transporters in the gastrointestinal tract. Plasma proteins transport the metal ions to the liver and other target organs, where specific transporters move the ions into cells and cellular organelles as needed. Imbalances in metal ion metabolism have been associated with a number of disease states (Danks, D.M. (1986) J. Med. Genet. 23:99-106).
Transport of fatty acids across the plasma membrane can occur by diffusion, a high capacity, low affinity process. However, under normal physiological conditions a significant fraction of fatty acid transport appears to occur via a high affinity, low capacity protein-mediated transport process. Fatty acid transport protein (FATP), an integral membrane protein with four transmembrane segments, is expressed in tissues exhibiting high levels of plasma membrane fatty acid flux, such as muscle, heart, and adipose. Expression of FATP is upregulated in 3T3-L1 cells during adipose conversion, and expression in COS7 fibroblasts elevates uptake of long-chain fatty acids (Hui, T.Y. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:27420-27429).
Mitochondrial carrier proteins are transmembrane-spanning proteins which transport ions and charged metabolites between the cytosol and the mitochondrial matrix. Examples include the ADP, ATP carrier protein; the 2-oxoglutarate/malate carrier; the phosphate carrier protein; the pyruvate carrier; the dicarboxylate carrier which transports malate, succinate, furnarate, and phosphate; the tricarboxylate carrier which transports citrate and malate; and the Grave's disease carrier protein, a protein recognized by IgG in patients with active Grave's disease, an autoimmune disorder resulting in hyperthyroidism. Proteins in this family consist of three tandem repeats of an approximately 100 amino acid domain, each of which contains two transmembrane regions (Stryer, L. (1995) Biochemistry. W.H. Freeman and Company, New York NY, p. 551; PROSITE PDOC00189 Mitochondrial energy transfer proteins signature; Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMTM) *275000 Graves Disease).
This class of transporters also includes the mitochondrial uncoupling proteins, which create proton leaks across the inner mitochondrial membrane, thus uncoupling oxidative phosphorylation from ATP synthesis. The result is energy dissipation in the form of heat. Mitochondrial uncoupling proteins have been implicated as modulators of thermoregulation and metabolic rate, and have been proposed as potential targets for drugs against metabolic diseases such as obesity (Ricquier, D. et al. (1999) J. Int. Med. 245:637-642). Ion Channels
The electrical potential of a cell is generated and maintained by contiolling the movement of ions across the plasma membrane. The movement of ions requires ion channels, which form ion- selective pores within the membrane. There are two basic types of ion channels, ion transporters and gated ion channels. Ion transporters utilize the energy obtained from ATP hydrolysis to actively transport an ion against the ion's concentration gradient. Gated ion channels allow passive flow of an ion down the ion's electrochemical gradient under restricted conditions. Together, these types of ion channels generate, maintain, and utilize an electrochemical gradient that is used in 1) electrical impulse conduction down the axon of a nerve cell, 2) transport of molecules into cells against concentration gradients, 3) initiation of muscle contraction, and 4) endocrine cell secretion. Ion Transporters
Ion transporters generate and maintain the resting electrical potential of a cell. Utilizing the energy derived from ATP hydrolysis, they transport ions against the ion's concentration gradient. These transmembrane ATPases are divided into three families. The phosphorylated (P) class ion transporters, including Na+-K+ ATPase, Ca2+-ATPase, and H+-ATPase, are activated by a phosphorylation event. P-class ion transporters are responsible for maintaining resting potential distributions such that cytosolic concentrations of Na+ and Ca2+ are low and cytosolic concentration of K+ is high. The vacuolar (V) class of ion transporters includes H+ pumps on intracellular organelles, such as lysosomes and Golgi. V-class ion transporters are responsible for generating the low pH within the lumen of these organelles that is required for function. The coupling factor (F) class consists of H+ pumps in the mitochondria. F-class ion transporters utilize a proton gradient to generate ATP from ADP and inorganic phosphate (P5).
The P- ATPases are hexamers of a 100 kD subunit with ten transmembrane domains and several large cytoplasmic regions that may play a role in ion binding (Scarborough, G.A. (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 11:517-522). The V-ATPases are composed of two functional domains: the Vt domain, a peripheral complex responsible for ATP hydrolysis; and the V0 domain, an integral complex responsible for proton translocation across the membrane. The F- ATPases are structurally and evolutionarily related to the V- ATPases. The F- ATPase F0 domain contains 12 copies of the c subunit, a highly hydrophobic protein composed of two transmembrane domains and containing a single buried carboxyl group in TM2 that is essential for proton transport. The V- ATPase V0 domain contains three types of homologous c subunits with four or five transmembrane domains and the essential carboxyl group in TM4 or TM3. Both types of complex also contain a single a subunit that may be involved in regulating the pH dependence of activity (Forgac, M. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274:12951-12954).
The resting potential of the cell is utilized in many processes involving carrier proteins and gated ion channels. Carrier proteins utilize the resting potential to transport molecules into and out of the cell. Amino acid and glucose transport into many cells is linked to sodium ion co-transport
(symport) so that the movement of Na+ down an electrochemical gradient drives transport of the other molecule up a concentration gradient. Similarly, cardiac muscle links transfer of Ca2+ out of the cell with transport of Na+ into the cell (antiport). Gated Ion Channels Gated ion channels control ion flow by regulating the opening and closing of pores. The ability to control ion flux through various gating mechanisms allows ion channels to mediate such diverse signaling and homeostatic functions as neuronal and endocrine signaling, muscle contraction, fertilization, and regulation of ion and pH balance. Gated ion channels are categorized according to the manner of regulating the gating function. Mechanically-gated channels open their pores in response to mechanical stress; voltage-gated channels (e.g., Na+, K+, Ca2+, and CI" channels) open their pores in response to changes in membrane potential; and ligand-gated channels (e.g., acetylcholine-, serotonin-, and glutamate-gated cation channels, and GABA- and glycine-gated chloride channels) open their pores in the presence of a specific ion, nucleotide, or neurotrans itter. The gating properties of a particular ion channel (i.e., its threshold for and duration of opening and closing) are sometimes modulated by association with auxiliary channel proteins and/or post translational modifications, such as phosphorylation.
Mechanically-gated or mechanosensitive ion channels act as transducers for the senses of touch, hearing, and balance, and also play important roles in cell volume regulation, smooth muscle contraction, and cardiac rhythm generation. A stretch-inactivated channel (SIC) was recently cloned from rat kidney. The SIC channel belongs to a group of channels which are activated by pressure or stress on the cell membrane and conduct both Ca2+ and Na+ (Suzuki, M. et al. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274:6330-6335).
The pore-forming subunits of the voltage-gated cation channels form a superfamily of ion channel proteins. The characteristic domain of these channel proteins comprises six transmembrane domains (S1-S6), a pore-forming region (P) located between S5 and S6, and intracellular amino and carboxy termini. In the Na+ and Ca2+ subfamilies, this domain is repeated four times, while in the K+ channel subfamily, each channel is formed from a tetramer of either identical or dissimilar subunits. The P region contains information specifying the ion selectivity for the channel. In the case of K+ channels, a GYG tripeptide is involved in this selectivity (Ishii, T.M. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:11651-11656).
Voltage-gated Na+ and K+ channels are necessary for the function of electrically excitable cells, such as nerve and muscle cells. Action potentials, which lead to neurotransmitter release and muscle contraction, arise from large, transient changes in the permeability of the membrane to Na+ and K+ ions. Depolarization of the membrane beyond the threshold level opens voltage-gated Na + channels. Sodium ions flow into the cell, further depolarizing the membrane and opening more voltage-gated Na+ channels, which propagates the depolarization down the length of the cell. Depolarization also opens voltage-gated potassium channels. Consequently, potassium ions flow outward, which leads to repolarization of the membrane. Voltage-gated channels utilize charged residues in the fourth transmembrane segment (S4) to sense voltage change. The open state lasts only about 1 millisecond, at which time the channel spontaneously converts into an inactive state that cannot be opened irrespective of the membrane potential. Inactivation is mediated by the channel's N-terminus, which acts as a plug that closes the pore. The transition from an inactive to a closed state requires a return to resting potential. Voltage-gated Na+ channels are heterotrimeric complexes composed of a 260 Da pore- forming α subunit that associates with two smaller auxiliary subunits, βl and β2. The β2 subunit is a integral membrane glycoprotein that contains an extracellular Ig domain, and its association with α and βl subunits correlates with increased functional expression of the channel, a change in its gating properties, as well as an increase in whole cell capacitance due to an increase in membrane surface area (Isom, L.L. et al. (1995) Cell 83:433-442).
Non voltage-gated Na+ channels include the members of the amiloride-sensitive Na+ channel/degenerin (NaC/DEG) family. Channel subunits of this family are thought to consist of two transmembrane domains flanking a long extracellular loop, with the amino and carboxyl termini located within the cell. The NaC/DEG family includes the epithelial Na+ channel (ENaC) involved in Na+ reabsorption in epithelia including the airway, distal colon, cortical collecting duct of the kidney, and exocrine duct glands. Mutations in ENaC result in pseudohypoaldosteronism type 1 and Liddle's syndrome (pseudohyperaldosteronism). The NaC DEG family also includes the recently characterized H+-gated cation channels or acid-sensing ion channels (ASIC). ASIC subunits are expressed in the brain and form heteromultimeric Na+-permeable channels. These channels require acid pH fluctuations for activation. ASIC subunits show homology to the degenerins, a family of mechanically- gated channels originally isolated from C. elegans. Mutations in the degenerins cause neurodegeneration. ASIC subunits may also have a role in neuronal function, or in pain perception, since tissue acidosis causes pain (Waldmann, R. and M. Lazdunski (1998) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 8:418-424; Eglen, R.M. et al. (1999) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 20:337-342).
K+ channels are located in all cell types, and may be regulated by voltage, ATP concentration, or second messengers such as Ca2+ and cAMP. In non-excitable tissue, K+ channels are involved in protein synthesis, control of endocrine secretions, and the maintenance of osmotic equilibrium across membranes. In neurons and other excitable cells, in addition to regulating action potentials and repolarizing membranes, K+ channels are responsible for setting resting membrane potential. The cytosol contains non-diffusible anions and, to balance this net negative charge, the cell contains a Na+- K+ pump and ion channels that provide the redistribution of Na+, K+, and CI". The pump actively transports Na+ out of the cell and K+ into the cell in a 3 :2 ratio. Ion channels in the plasma membrane allow K+ and CI" to flow by passive diffusion. Because of the high negative charge within the cytosol, CI" flows out of the cell. The flow of K+ is balanced by an electromotive force pulling K+ into the cell, and a K+ concentration gradient pushing K+ out of the cell. Thus, the resting membrane potential is primarily regulated by K+flow (Salkoff, L. and T. legla (1995) Neuron 15:489-492).
Potassium channel subunits of the Shaker-like superfamily all have the characteristic six transmembrane/1 pore domain structure. Four subunits combine as homo- or heterotetramers to form functional K channels. These pore-forming subunits also associate with various cytoplasmic β subunits that alter channel inactivation kinetics. The Shaker-like channel family includes the voltage- gated K+ channels as well as the delayed rectifier type channels such as the human ether-a-go-go related gene (HERG) associated with long QT, a cardiac dysrythmia syndrome (Curran, M.E. (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:565-572; Kaczorowski, G.J. and MX. Garcia (1999) Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 3:448-458).
A second superfamily of K+ channels is composed of the inward rectifying channels (Kir). Kir channels have the property of preferentially conducting K+ currents in the inward direction. These proteins consist of a single potassium selective pore domain and two transmembrane domains, which correspond to the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains of voltage-gated K+ channels. Kir subunits also associate as tetramers. The Kir family includes ROMK1, mutations in which lead to Bartter syndrome, a renal tubular disorder. Kir channels are also involved in regulation of cardiac pacemaker activity, seizures and epilepsy, and insulin regulation (Doupnik, CA. et al. (1995) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 5:268-277; Curran, supra). The recently recognized T TK K+ channel family includes the mammalian TWTK-1, TREK-1 and TASK proteins. Members of this family possess an overall structure with four transmembrane domains and two P domains. These proteins are probably involved in contiolling the resting potential in a large set of cell types (Duprat, F. et al. (1997) EMBO J 16:5464-5471).
The voltage-gated Ca2+ channels have been classified into several subtypes based upon their electrophysiological and pharmacological characteristics. L-type Ca2+ channels are predominantly expressed in heart and skeletal muscle where they play an essential role in excitation-contraction coupling. T-type channels are important for cardiac pacemaker activity, while N-type and P/Q-type channels are involved in the control of neurotransmitter release in the central and peripheral nervous system. The L-type and N-type voltage-gated Ca2+ channels have been purified and, though their functions differ dramatically, they have similar subunit compositions. The channels are composed of three subunits. The αx subunit forms the membrane pore and voltage sensor, while the α-δ and β subunits modulate the voltage-dependence, gating properties, and the current amplitude of the channel. These subunits are encoded by at least six α1; one o^δ, and four β genes. A fourth subunit, γ, has been identified in skeletal muscle (Walker, D. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:2361-2367; McCleskey, E.W. (1994) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 4:304-312).
The transient receptor family (Trp) of calcium ion channels are thought to mediate capacitative calcium entry (CCE). CCE is the Ca2+ influx into cells to resupply Ca2+ stores depleted by the action of inositol triphosphate (IP3) and other agents in response to numerous hormones and growth factors. Trp and Trp-like were first cloned from Drosophila and have similarity to voltage gated Ca2+ channels in the S3 through S6 regions. This suggests that Trp and/or related proteins may form mammalian CCC entry channels (Zhu, X. et al. (1996) Cell 85:661-671; Boulay, G. et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:29672-29680). Melastatin is a gene isolated in both the mouse and human, and whose expression in melanoma cells is inversely correlated with melanoma aggressiveness in vivo. The human cDNA transcript corresponds to a 1533-amino acid protein having homology to members of the Trp family. It has been proposed that the combined use of malastatin mRNA expression status and tumor thickness might allow for the determination of subgroups of patients at both low and high risk for developing metastatic disease (Duncan, L.M. et al (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:568-576).
Chloride channels are necessary in endocrine secretion and in regulation of cytosolic and organelle pH. In secretory epithelial cells, CI" enters the cell across a basolateral membrane through an Na+, K+/C1" cotransporter, accumulating in the cell above its electrochemical equilibrium concentration. Secretion of CI" from the apical surface, in response to hormonal stimulation, leads to flow of Na+ and water into the secretory lumen. The cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) is a chloride channel encoded by the gene for cystic fibrosis, a common fatal genetic disorder in humans. CFTR is a member of the ABC transporter family, and is composed of two domains each consisting of six transmembrane domains followed by a nucleotide-binding site. Loss of CFTR function decreases transepithelial water secretion and, as a result, the layers of mucus that coat the respiratory tree, pancreatic ducts, and intestine are dehydrated and difficult to clear. The resulting blockage of these sites leads to pancreatic insufficiency, "meconium ileus", and devastating "chronic obstructive pulmonary disease" (Al-Awqati, Q. et al. (1992) J. Exp. Biol. 172:245-266).
The voltage-gated chloride channels (CLC) are characterized by 10-12 transmembrane domains, as well as two small globular domains known as CBS domains. The CLC subunits probably function as homotetramers. CLC proteins are involved in regulation of cell volume, membrane potential stabilization, signal transduction, and transepithelial transport. Mutations in CLC-1, expressed predominantly in skeletal muscle, are responsible for autosomal recessive generalized myotonia and autosomal dominant myotonia congenita, while mutations in the kidney channel CLC-5 lead to kidney stones (Jentsch, TJ. (1996) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 6:303-310).
Ligand-gated channels open their pores when an extracellular or intracellular mediator binds to the channel. Neuroteansmitter-gated channels are channels that open when a neurotransmitter binds to their extracellular domain. These channels exist in the postsynaptic membrane of nerve or muscle cells. There are two types of neurotiansmitter-gated channels. Sodium channels open in response to excitatory neurotransmitters, such as acetylcholine, glutamate, and serotonin. This opening causes an influx of Na+ and produces the initial localized depolarization that activates the voltage-gated channels and starts the action potential. Chloride channels open in response to inhibitory neurotransmitters, such as γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA) and glycine, leading to hyperpolarization of the membrane and the subsequent generation of an action potential. Neurotransmitter-gated ion channels have four transmembrane domains and probably function as pentamers (Jentsch, supra). Amino acids in the second transmembrane domain appear to be important in determining channel permeation and selectivity (Sather, W.A. et al. (1994) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 4:313-323).
Ligand-gated channels can be regulated by intracellular second messengers. For example, calcium-activated K+ channels are gated by internal calcium ions. In nerve cells, an influx of calcium during depolarization opens K+ channels to modulate the magnitude of the action potential (Ishi et al., supra). The large conductance (BK) channel has been purified from brain and its subunit composition determined. The α subunit of the BK channel has seven rather than six transmembrane domains in contrast to voltage-gated K+ channels. The extra transmembrane domain is located at the subunit N- ternrinus. A 28-amino-acid stretch in the C-terminal region of the subunit (the "calcium bowl" region) contains many negatively charged residues and is thought to be the region responsible for calcium binding. The β subunit consists of two transmembrane domains connected by a glycosylated extracellular loop, with intracellular N- and C-termini (Kaczorowski, supra; Vergara, C. et al. (1998) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 8:321-329).
Cyclic nucleotide-gated (CNG) channels are gated by cytosolic cyclic nucleotides. The best examples of these are the cAMP-gated Na+ channels involved in olfaction and the cGMP-gated cation channels involved in vision. Both systems involve ligand-mediated activation of a G-protein coupled receptor which then alters the level of cyclic nucleotide within the cell. CNG channels also represent a major pathway for Ca2+ entry into neurons, and play roles in neuronal development and plasticity. CNG channels are tetramers containing at least two types of subunits, an subunit which can form functional homomeric channels, and a β subunit, which modulates the channel properties. All CNG subunits have six transmembrane domains and a pore forming region between the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains, similar to voltage-gated K+ channels. A large C-terminal domain contains a cyclic nucleotide binding domain, while the N-terminal domain confers variation among channel subtypes (Zufall, F. et al. (1997) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 7:404-412).
The activity of other types of ion channel proteins may also be modulated by a variety of intracellular signalling proteins. Many channels have sites for phosphorylation by one or more protein kinases including protein kinase A, protein kinase C, tyrosine kinase, and casein kinase II, all of which regulate ion channel activity in cells. Kir channels are activated by the binding of the Gβγ subunits of heterotrimeric G-proteins (Reimann, F. and F.M. Ashcroft (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 11:503-508). Other proteins are involved in the localization of ion channels to specific sites in the cell membrane. Such proteins include the PDZ domain proteins known as MAGUKs (membrane-associated guanylate kinases) which regulate the clustering of ion channels at neuronal synapses (Craven, S.E. and D.S. Bredt (1998) CeU 93:495-498). Disease Correlation
The etiology of numerous human diseases and disorders can be attributed to defects in the transport of molecules across membranes. Defects in the trafficking of membrane-bound transporters and ion channels are associated with several disorders, e.g., cystic fibrosis, glucose-galactose malabsorption syndrome, hypercholesterolemia, von Gierke disease, and certain forms of diabetes mellitus. Single-gene defect diseases resulting in an inability to transport small molecules across membranes include, e.g., cystinuria, iminoglycinuria, Hartup disease, and Fanconi disease (van't Hoff, W.G. (1996) Exp. Nephrol. 4:253-262; Talente, G.M. et al. (1994) Ann. Intern. Med. 120:218-226; and Chillon, M. et al. (1995) New Engl. J. Med. 332:1475-1480).
Human diseases caused by mutations in ion channel genes include disorders of skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, and the central nervous system. Mutations in the pore-forming subunits of sodium and chloride channels cause myotonia, a muscle disorder in which relaxation after voluntary contraction is delayed. Sodium channel myotonias have been treated with channel blockers.
Mutations in muscle sodium and calcium channels cause forms of periodic paralysis, while mutations in the sarcoplasmic calcium release channel, T-tubule calcium channel, and muscle sodium channel cause maHgnanthyperthermia. Cardiac arxyfhmia disorders such as the long QT syndromes and idiopathic ventricular fibrillation are caused by mutations in potassium and sodium channels (Cooper, E.C. and L.Y. Jan (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:4759-4766). All four known human idiopathic epilepsy genes code for ion channel proteins (Berkovic, S.F. and I.E. Scheffer (1999) Curr. Opin. Neurology 12:177-182). Other neurological disorders such as ataxias, hemiplegic migraine and hereditary deafness can also result from mutations in ion channel genes (Jen, J. (1999) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 9:274-280; Cooper, supra . Ion channels have been the target for many drug therapies. Neurotransmitter-gated channels have been targeted in therapies for treatment of msomnia, anxiety, depression, and schizophrenia. Voltage-gated channels have been targeted in therapies for arrhyύ-unia, ischemic stroke, head trauma, and neurodegenerative disease (Taylor, CP. and L.S. Narasimhan (1997) Adv. Pharmacol. 39:47-98). Various classes of ion channels also play an important role in the perception of pain, and thus are potential targets for new analgesics. These include the vanilloid-gated ion channels, which are activated by the vanilloid capsaicin, as well as by noxious heat. Local anesthetics such as lidocaine and mexiletine which blockade voltage-gated Na+ channels have been useful in the treatment of neuropathic pain (Eglen, supra).
Ion channels in the immune system have recently been suggested as targets for immunomodulation. T-cell activation depends upon calcium signaling, and a diverse set of T-cell specific ion channels has been characterized that affect this signaling process. Channel blocking agents can inhibit secretion of lymphokines, cell proliferation, and killing of target cells. A peptide antagonist of the T-cell potassium channel Kvl.3 was found to suppress delayed-type hypersensitivity and allogenic responses in pigs, validating the idea of channel blockers as safe and efficacious immunosuppressants (Cahalan, M.D. and K.G. Chandy (1997) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 8:749-756). The discovery of new transporters and ion channels, and the polynucleotides encoding them, satisfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and cell proliferative disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of transporters and ion channels.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention features purified poiypeptides, transporters and ion channels, referred to collectively as "TRICH" and individually as "TRICH-IJ "TRICH-2J"TRICH-3J "TRICH-4," "TRICH-5," "TRICH-6J "TRICH-7," "TRICH-8," "TRICH-9," "TRICH-IOJ "TRICH-llJ "TRICH-12," "TRICH-13," "TRICH-14," "TRICH-15J "TRICH-16J "TRICH-17J "TRICH-18J "TRICH-19," "TRICH-20J "TRICH-21," "TRICH-22," "TRICH-23J "TRICH-24J "TΕICH-25," and "TRICH-26." In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ J-D NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring a ino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.J-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26. In one alternative, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ 3D NO:l-26. In one alternative, the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26. In another alternative, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ J_D NO.J7-52. Additionally, the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO: 1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26. In one alternative, the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide. In another alternative, the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
The invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ J-D NO:l-26. The method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
Additionally, the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ J_D NO: 1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO.1-26. The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). In one alternative, the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
Additionally, the invention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionally, if present, the amount thereof. In one alternative, the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
The invention further provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) amphfying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
The invention further provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one embodiment, the composition comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26. The invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
The invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:l-26. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Additionally, the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ D NO: 1-26. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
The invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:l-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 1-26. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide. The invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO:l-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JD NO: 1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ TD NO: 1-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
The invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
The invention further provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:27-52, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Alternatively, the target polynucleotide comprises a fragment of a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES
Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention.
Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog for poiypeptides of the invention. The probability score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog is also shown.
Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide sequences of the invention, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the poiypeptides. Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotide sequences.
Table 5 shows the representative cDNA library for polynucleotides of the invention.
Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze the polynucleotides and poiypeptides of the invention, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Before the present proteins, nucleotide sequences, and methods are described, it is understood that this invention is not Umited to the particular machines, materials and methods described, as these may" vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims. It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a host cell" includes a plurality of such host cells, and a reference to "an antibody" is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any macliines, materials, and methods similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, the preferred machines, materials and methods are now described. All publications mentioned herein are cited for the purpose of describing and disclosing the cell lines, protocols, reagents and vectors which are reported in the publications and which might be used in connection with the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. DEFINITIONS "TRICH" refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified TRICH obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
The term "agonist" refers to a molecule which intensifies or rriimics the biological activity of TRICH. Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TRICH either by directly interacting with TRICH or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TRICH participates.
An "allelic variant" is an alternative form of the gene encoding TRICH. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in poiypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
"Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as TRICH or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of TRICH. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding TRICH. The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent TRICH. Deliberate amino acid substitutions maybe made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubiUty, hydrophobicity, hydrophiUcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of TRICH is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
The terms "amino acid" and "amino acid sequence" refer to an oUgopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturaUy occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence" is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturaUy occurring protein molecule, "amino acid sequence" and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
"AmpUfication" relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. AmpUfication is generaUy carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies weU known in the art.
The term "antagonist" refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of TRICH. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, smaU molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of TRICH either by directly interacting with TRICH or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which TRICH participates.
The term "antibody" refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as weU as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant. Antibodies that bind TRICH poiypeptides can be prepared using intact poiypeptides or using fragments containing smaU peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen. The polypeptide or oUgopeptide used to immunize an animal (e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit) can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemicaUy, and can be conjugated tb a carrier protein if desired. Commonly used carriers that are chemicaUy coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobuUn, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
The term "antigenic determinant" refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody. When a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specificaUy to antigenic determinants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein). An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to eUcit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
The term "aptamer" refers to a nucleic acid or oUgonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target. Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No. 5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial Ubraries. Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-Uke molecules. The nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2'-OH group of a ribonucleotide maybe replaced by 2'-F or 2 -NH-), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer Ufetime in blood. Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system. Aptamers may be specificaUy cross-Unked to their cognate Ugands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross-linker. (See, e.g., Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13.)
The term "intramer" refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo. For example, a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610). The term "spiegelmer" refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturaUy occurring enzymes, which act on right-handed nucleotides.
The term "antisense" refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" (coding) strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence. Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oUgonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oUgonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oUgonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'-deoxyguanosine. Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a ceU, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturaUy occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the ceU to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation. The designation "negative" or "minus" can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation "positive" or "plus" can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
The term "biologicaUy active" refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturaUy occurring molecule. Likewise, "immunologicaUy active" or "immunogenic" refers to the capabiUty of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic TRICH, or of any oUgopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or ceUs and to bind with specific antibodies. "Complementary" describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5 -AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'.
A "composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence" and a "composition comprising a given amino acid sequence" refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence. The composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or fragments of TRICH may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabiUzing agent such as a carbohydrate. In hybridizations, the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.). "Consensus sequence" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncaUed bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (AppUed Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVEEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison WI) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especiaUy the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. The table below shows amino acids which maybe substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions. Original Residue Conservative Substitution
Ala Gly, Ser Arg His, Lys
Asn Asp, Gin, His
Asp Asn, Glu
Cys Ala, Ser
Gin Asn, Glu, His Glu Asp, Gin, His
Gly Ala
His Asn, Arg, Gin, Glu De Leu, Val
Leu De, Val
Lys Arg, Gin, Glu
Met Leu, De Phe His, Met, Leu, Trp, Tyr
Ser Cys, Thr
Thr Ser, Val
Trp Phe, Tyr
Tyr His, Phe, Trp Val De, Leu, Thr
Conservative amino acid substitutions generaUy maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha heUcal conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
A "deletion" refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
The term "derivative" refers to a chemicaUy modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
A "detectable label" refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
"Differential expression" refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, detennined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample. "Exon shuffling" refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus aUowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
A "fragment" is a unique portion of TRICH or the polynucleotide encoding TRICH which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence. A fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues. A fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes, may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentiaUy selected from certain regions of a molecule. For example, a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence. Clearly these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, maybe encompassed by the present embodiments.
A fragment of SEQ JD NO:27-52 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specificaUy identifies SEQ ID NO:27-52, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained. A fragment of SEQ JD NO.27-52 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ JD NO:27-52 from related polynucleotide sequences. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ TD NO:27-52 and the region of SEQ JD NO:27-52 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment. A fragment of SEQ ID NO:l-26 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:27-52. A fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-26 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specificaUy identifies SEQ ED NO:l-26. For example, a fragment of SEQ 3D NO.J-26 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specificaUy recognize SEQ DD NO: 1-26. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ TD NO:l-26 and the region of SEQ ID NO:l-26 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
A "fuU length" polynucleotide sequence is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) foUowed by an open reading frame and a translation teπnination codon. A "fuU length" polynucleotide sequence encodes a "fuU length" polypeptide sequence.
"Homology" refers to sequence similarity or, interchangeably, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
The terms "percent identity" and "% identity/' as appUed to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aUgned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize aUgnment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence aUgnment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison WI). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D.G. and P.M. Sharp (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153 and in Higgins, D.G. et al. (1992) CABIOS 8:189-191. For pairwise aUgnments of polynucleotide sequences, the default parameters are set as foUows: Ktuple=2, gap penalty=5, window=4, and "diagonals saved"=4. The "weighted" residue weight table is selected as the default. Percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent , similarity" between aUgned polynucleotide sequences.
Alternatively, a suite of commonly used and freely available sequence comparison algorithms is provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410), which is available from several sources, including the NCBI, Bethesda, MD, and on the Internet at http://www.ncbi.rjLlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. The BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn," that is used to aUgn a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called "BLAST 2 Sequences" that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. "BLAST 2
Sequences" can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nΛ.gov/gorf^l2.html. The "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
Matrix: BLOSUM62
Reward for match: 1
Penalty for mismatch: -2
Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10
Word Size: 11
Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that aU encode substantiaUy the same protein.
The phrases "percent identity" and "% identity," as appUed to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aUgned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence aUgnment are weU-known. Some aUgnment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generaUy preserve the charge andjhydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
Percent identity between polypeptide sequences maybe determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence aUgnment program (described and referenced above). For pairwise aUgnments of polypeptide sequences using CLUSTAL V, the default parameters are set as foUows: Ktuple=l, gap penalty=3, window=5, and "diagonals saved"=5. The PAM250 matrix is selected as the default residue weight table. As with polynucleotide aUgnments, the percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent similarity'' between aUgned polypeptide sequence pairs.
Alternatively the NCBI BLAST software suite may be used. For example, for a pairwise comparison of two polypeptide sequences, one may use the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) withblastp set at default parameters. Such default parameters maybe, for example:
Matrix: BLOSUM62
Open Gap: 11 and Extension Gap: 1 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10
Word Size: 3
Filter: on
Percent identity maybe measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ED number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
"Human artificial chromosomes" (HACs) are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain aU of the elements required for chromosome repUcation, segregation and maintenance. The term "humanized antibody" refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and stiU retains its original binding abiUty.
"Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in deteπriining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions aUowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched. Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skiU in the art and maybe consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions maybe varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 μg/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA. GeneraUy, stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out. Such wash temperatures are typicaUy selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T^ for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are weU known and can be found in Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY; specificaUy see volume 2, chapter 9.
High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1 % SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65 °C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. TypicaUy, blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 μg/ml. Organic solvent, such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNADNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions wiU be readily apparent to those of ordinary skiU in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded poiypeptides. The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or R0t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobiUzed on a soUd support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass sUdes, or any other appropriate substrate to which ceUs or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
The words "insertion" and "addition" refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively. "Immune response" can refer to conditions associated with iriflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect ceUular and systemic defense systems.
An "immunogenic fragment" is a polypeptide or oUgopeptide fragment of TRICH which is capable of eUciting an immune response when introduced into a Uving organism, for example, a mammal. The term "immunogenic fragment" also includes any polypeptide or oUgopeptide fragment of TRICH which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art. The term "microarray" refers to an arrangement of a pluraUty of polynucleotides, poiypeptides, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
The terms "element" and "array element" refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microaπay. The term "modulate" refers to a change in the activity of TRICH. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of TRICH.
The phrases "nucleic acid" and "nucleic acid sequence" refer to a nucleotide, oUgonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
"Operably linked" refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
"Peptide nucleic acid" (PNA) refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oUgonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The teπninal lysine confers solubiUty to the composition. PNAs preferentiaUy bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their Ufespan in the ceU.
"Post-translational modification" of an TRICH may involve Upidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur syntheticaUy or biochemicaUy. Biochemical modifications wiU vary by ceU type depending on the enzymatic miUeu of TRICH.
"Probe" refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, aUeUc or related nucleic acid sequences. Probes are isolated oUgonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, Ugands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. "Primers" are short nucleic acids, usuaUy DNA oUgonucleotides, which maybe annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for ampUiϊcation (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Probes and primers as used in the present invention typicaUy comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in the references, for example Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY; Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1987) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publ. Assoc. & Wiley-Intersciences, New York NY; Innis, M. et al. (1990) PCR Protocols, A Guide to Methods and AppUcations, Academic Press, San Diego CA. PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
OUgonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oUgonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the pubUc from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, DaUas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope. The Primer3 primer selection program (available to the pubUc from the Whitehead mstimte/MTT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) aUows the user to input a "rmspriming UbraryJ in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oUgonucleotides for microarrays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.) The PrimeGen program (available to the pubUc from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence aUgnments, thereby aUowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aUgned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oUgonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments. The oUgonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fuUy or partiaUy complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Metliods of oUgonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
A "recombinant nucleic acid" is a sequence that is not naturaUy occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accompUshed by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra. The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid. Frequently, a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a ceU. Alternatively, such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
A "regulatory element" refers to a nucleic acid sequence usuaUy derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stabiUty.
"Reporter molecules" are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionucUdes; enzymes; fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
An "RNA equivalent," in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that aU occurrences of the nitrogenous base mymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The term "sample" is used in its broadest sense. A sample suspected of containing TRICH, nucleic acids encoding TRICH, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a ceU, chromosome, organeUe, or membrane isolated from a ceU; a ceU; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc. The terms "specific binding" and "specificaUy binding" refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a smaU molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody wiU reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
The term "substantiaUy purified" refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturaUy associated.
A "substitution" refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Substrate" refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, sUdes, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capiUaries. The substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as weUs, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or poiypeptides are bound.
A "transcript image" refers to the coUective pattern of gene expression by a particular ceU type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
"Transformation" describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient ceU. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods weU known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host ceU. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host ceU being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, Upofection, and particle bombardment. The term "transformed ceUs" includes stably transformed ceUs in which the inserted DNA is capable of repUcation either as an autonomously repUcating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as weU as transiently transformed ceUs which express the inserted DNA or RNA for Umited periods of time.
A "transgenic organism," as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the ceUs of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques weU known in the art. The nucleic acid is introduced into the ceU, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the ceU, by way of deUberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus. The term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertiUzation, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule. The transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals. The isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
A "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07- 1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length. A variant maybe described as, for example, an "aUeUc" (as defined above), "spUce," "species," or "polymorphic" variant. A spUce variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but wiU generaUy have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate spUcing of exons during mRNA processing. The corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule. Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting poiypeptides wiU generaUy have significant amino acid identity relative to each other. A polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species. Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state. A "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07- 1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of poiypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the poiypeptides.
THE INVENTION
The invention is based on the discovery of new human transporters and ion channels (TRICH), the polynucleotides encoding TRICH, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and ceU proUferative disorders.
Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its corresponding polypeptide are correlated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ JD NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ED) as shown. Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ED NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown. Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the poiypeptides of the invention as identified by
BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ED NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide TD) for poiypeptides of the invention. Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (Gehbank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog. Column 4 shows the probabiUty score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog. Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank homolog along with relevant citations where appUcable, aU of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Table 3 shows various structural features of the poiypeptides of the invention. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ JD NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention. Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide. Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Genetics Computer Group, Madison WI). Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs. Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were appUed.
Together, Tables 2 and 3 summarize the properties of poiypeptides of the invention, and these properties estabUsh that the claimed poiypeptides are transporters and ion channels. For example, SEQ ID NO:2 is 94% identical from amino acids 965 through 2436 to mouse abc2 transporter (GenBank ED g495259) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 0.0, which indicates the probabiUty of obtai-uing the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. SEQ JD NO:2 also contains two ABC transporter domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (I-TMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:3 is an ABC transporter. In an alternate example, SEQ ED NO:13 is 97% identical to human gamma subunit precursor of muscle acetylcholine receptor (GenBank ID g825618) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 3.0e-273 , which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. SEQ JD NO: 13 also contains a neurotransmitter-gated ion-channel domain as deteimined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ DD NO: 13 is a neurotransmitter-gated ion-channel protein. In an alternate example, SEQ ED NO:19 is 62% identical to human vacuolar proton- ATPase (GenBank TD g37643) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 3.2e-129, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. Data from BLAST analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO: 19 is a vacuolar ATP synthase. In an alternate exampple, SEQ TD NO:22 is 94% identical to rat GABA(A) receptor gamma-1 subunit (GenBank ID g56176) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 4.4e-244, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. SEQ ID NO:22 also contains a neurotransmitter-gated ion channel domain as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ JD NO:22 is a neurotransmitter-gated ion channel. In an alternate example, SEQ ED NO:26 is 61% identical to rabbit peroxisomal Ca-dependent solute carrier (GenBank ED g2352427) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 6.4e-156, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. SEQ DD NO:26 also contains three mitochondrial carrier protein domains, as weU as three EF hand domains, as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and
PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ TD NO:26 is a calcium dependent carrier protein. In an alternate examplpe, SEQ ID NO:17 is 69% identical to Ambystoma tigrinum electrogenic NaHCO3 cotransporter (GenBank ID g2198815) as determined by the Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probabiUty score is 0.0, which indicates the probabiUty of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence aUgnment by chance. SEQ JD NO:17 also contains an HCO3 transporter family domain as determined by searching for statisticaUy significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further coπoborative evidence that SEQ DD NO: 17 is an anion transporter. SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3-12, SEQ TD NO:14-16, SEQ ED NO:18, and SEQ DD
NO:20-25 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner. The algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ ID NO: 1-26 are described in Table 7.
As shown in Table 4, the fuU length polynucleotide sequences of the present invention were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences. Columns 1 and 2 Ust the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ TD NO:) and the conesponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide DD) for each polynucleotide of the invention. Column 3 shows the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs. Column 4 Usts fragments of the polynucleotide sequences which are useful, for example, in hybridization or ampUfication technologies that identify SEQ DD NO:27-52 or that distinguish between SEQ DD NO:27-52 and related polynucleotide sequences. Column 5 shows identification numbers corresponding to cDNA sequences, coding sequences (exons) predicted from genomic DNA, and/or sequence assemblages comprised of both cDNA and genomic DNA. These sequences were used to assemble the fuU length polynucleotide sequences of the invention. Columns 6 and 7 of Table 4 show the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences in column 5 relative to their respective fuU length sequences.
The identification numbers in Column 5 of Table 4 may refer specificaUy, for example, to Incyte cDNAs along with their conesponding cDNA Ubraries. For example, 7251266F7 is the identification number of an Incyte cDNA sequence, and PROSTMY01 is the cDNA Ubrary from which it is derived. Incyte cDNAs for which cDNA Ubraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA Ubraries (e.g., 70564238V1). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs (e.g., g4689801) which contributed to the assembly of the fuU length polynucleotide sequences. In addition, the identification numbers in column 5 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (ie., those sequences including the designation "ENST"). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (ie. , those sequences including the designation "NM" or "NT") or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (Le. , those sequences including the designation "NP"). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm. For example, YYJ_ XKXKXKJfl 1JSf2_YYYYYJSl3_N4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was appUed, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and NiA3..., if present, represent specific exons that may have been manuaUy edited during analysis (See Example V). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm. For example, YYXKXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is the identification number of a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was appUed, gβBBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V). In instances where a RefSeq sequence was used as a protein homolog for the "exon-stretching" algorithm, a RefSeq identifier (denoted by "ΝM," "ΝP," or "NT") may be used in place of the GenBank identifier (Le., gBBBBB). Alternatively, a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods. The foUowing Table Usts examples of component sequence prefixes and conesponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
In some cases, Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in column 5 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
Table 5 shows the representative cDNA Ubraries for those fuU length polynucleotide sequences which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences. The representative cDNA Ubrary is the Incyte cDNA Ubrary which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotide sequences. The tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA Ubraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6. The invention also encompasses TRICH variants. A preferred TRICH variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the TRICH amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TΕICH. The invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode TRICH. In a particular embodiment, the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:27-52, which encodes TRICH. The polynucleotide sequences of SEQ DD NO:27-52, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base ymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding TRICH. In particular, such a variant polynucleotide sequence wiU have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding TRICH. A particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:27- 52 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:27-52. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of TRICH. It wiU be appreciated by those skiUed in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH, some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturaUy occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as appUed to the polynucleotide sequence of naturaUy occurring TRICH, and aU such variations are to be considered as being specificaUy disclosed.
Although nucleotide sequences which encode TRICH and its variants are generaUy capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturaUy occurring TRICH under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturaUy occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantiaUy altering the nucleotide sequence encoding TRICH and its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid sequences include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-Ufe, than transcripts produced from the naturaUy occurring sequence.
The invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode TRICH and TRICH derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and ceU systems using reagents weU known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding TRICH or any fragment thereof.
Also encompassed by the invention are polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ DD NO:27-52 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency. (See, e.g., Wahl, G.M. and S.L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407; Kimmel, A.R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507- 511.) Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions."
Methods for DNA sequencing are weU known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention. The methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (AppUed Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE ampUfication system (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg MD). Preferably, sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 Uquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (AppUed Biosystems). Sequencing is then earned out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale CA), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, F.M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, unit 7.7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853.)
The nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH maybe extended utiUzing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based metliods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed, restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to ampUfy unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector. (See, e.g., Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods AppUc. 2:318-322.) Another method, inverse PCR, uses primers that extend in divergent directions to ampUfy unknown sequence from a circularized template. The template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and suπounding sequences. (See, e.g., TrigUa, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186.) A third method, capture PCR, involves PCR ampUfication of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences inhuman and yeast artificial chromosome DNA. (See, e.g., Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods AppUc. 1:111-119.) In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and Ugations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR. Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art. (See, e.g., Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). AdditionaUy, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTΕRFTNDER Ubraries (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) to walk genomic DNA. This procedure avoids the need to screen Ubraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions. For aU PCR-based methods, primers may be designed using commerciaUy available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National
Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C When screening for fuU length cDNAs, it is preferable to use Ubraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed Ubraries, which often include sequences containing the 5' regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an oUgo d(T) Ubrary does not yield a fuU-length cDNA. Genomic Ubraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5 ' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
CapiUary electrophoresis systems which are commerciaUy available maybe used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products. In particular, capiUary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths. Output Ught intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, AppUed Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controUed. CapiUary electrophoresis is especiaUy preferable for sequencing smaU DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample. In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode TRICH may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of TRICH, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host ceUs. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantiaUy the same or a functionaUy equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express TRICH. The nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generaUy known in the art in order to alter TRICH-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oUgonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, oUgonucleotide- mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce spUce variants, and so forth.
The nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of TRICH, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its abiUty to bind to other molecules or compounds. DNA shuffling is a process by which a Ubrary of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The Ubrary is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening. Thus, genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturaUy occurring genes in a directed and controUable manner.
In another embodiment, sequences encoding TRICH may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232.) Alternatively, TRICH itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods. For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or soUd-phase techniques. (See, e.g., Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY, pp. 55-60; and Roberge, J.Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204.) Automated synthesis maybe achieved using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems). AdditionaUy, the amino acid sequence of TRICH, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturaUy occuning polypeptide.
The peptide may be substantiaUy purified by preparative high performance Uquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.) The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53.)
In order to express a biologicaUy active TRICH, the nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host. These elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity. Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding TRICH. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence. In cases where sequences encoding TRICH and its initiation codon and upstream regulatory sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including an in-frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host ceU system used. (See, e.g., Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. CeU Differ. 20:125-162.) Methods which are weU known to those skiUed in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding TRICH and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. (See, e.g., Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY, ch. 4, 8, and 16-17; Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1995) Cunent Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, ch. 9, 13, and 16.)
A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utiUzed to contain and express sequences encoding TRICH. These include, but are not Umited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect ceU systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant ceU systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauUflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal ceU systems. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra; Ausubel, supra; Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509; Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945; Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311; The McGraw Hffl Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hffl, New
York NY, pp. 191-196; Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659; and Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.) Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for deUvery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or ceU population. (See, e.g., Di Nicola, M. et al. (1998) Cancer Gen. Ther. 5(6):350-356; Yu, M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
90(13):6340-6344; BuUer, R.M. et al. (1985) Nature 317(6040):813-815; McGregor, D.P. et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31(3):219-226; and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242.) The invention is not limited by the host ceU employed.
In bacterial systems, a number of cloning and expression vectors maybe selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH. For example, routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coU vector such as PBLUESCREPT (Stratagene, La JoUa CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding TRICH into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, aUowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules. In addition, these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence. (See, e.g., Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol.
Chem. 264:5503-5509.) When large quantities of TRICH are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of TRICH may be used. For example, vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
Yeast expression systems may be used for production of TRICH. A number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharornyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris. In addition, such vectors direct either the secretion or intraceUular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra;
Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; and Scorer, CA. et al. (1994)
Bio/Technology 12:181-184.)
Plant systems may also be used for expression of TRICH. Transcription of sequences encoding TRICH may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J.
6:307-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the smaU subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; BrogUe, R. et al.
(1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. CeU Differ. 17:85-105.) These constructs can be introduced into plant ceUs by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection. (See, e.g., The McGraw HiU Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw HiU,
New York NY, pp. 191-196.)
In mammaUan ceUs, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding TRICH may be Ugated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses TRICH in host ceUs. (See, e.g., Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659.) In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammaUan host ceUs. SV40 or EBV- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deUver larger fragments of
DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid. HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and deUvered via conventional deUvery methods (Uposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes. (See, e.g., Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.) For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammaUan systems, stable expression of TRICH in cell lines is prefened. For example, sequences encoding TRICH can be transformed into ceU lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of repUcation and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. FoUowing the introduction of the vector, ceUs maybe aUowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence aUows growth and recovery of ceUs which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed ceUs maybe propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the ceU type.
Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed ceU lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr ceUs, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) CeU 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) CeU 22:817-823.) Also, antimetaboUte, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dJifr confers resistance to methotrexate; neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418; and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567-3570; Colbere-Garapin, F. et al. (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 150:1-14.) Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter ceUular requirements for metaboUtes. (See, e.g., Hartman, S.C. and R.C. MuUigan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:8047-8051.) Visible markers, e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), β glucuronidase and its substrate β-glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system. (See, e.g., Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding TRICH is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed ceUs containing sequences encoding TRICH can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding TRICH under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usuaUy indicates expression of the tandem gene as weU.
In general, host ceUs that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding TRICH and that express TRICH may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skiU in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR ampUfication, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences. Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of TRICH using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated ceU sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utiUzing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on TRICH is prefened, but a competitive binding assay may be employed. These and other assays are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. IV; CoUgan, J.E. et al. (1997) Current Protocols in Immunology, Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience, New York NY; and Pound, J.D. (1998) hnmunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa NJ.)
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skiUed in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding TRICH include oUgolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR ampUfication using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the sequences encoding TRICH, or any fragments thereof, may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commerciaUy available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures maybe conducted using a variety of commerciaUy available kits, such as those provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega (Madison WI), and US Biochemical. Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionucUdes, enzymes, fluorescent, chemdluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as weU as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Host ceUs transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from ceU culture. The protein produced by a transformed ceU may be secreted or retained intraceUularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As wiU be understood by those of skiU in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode TRICH may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of TRICH through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic ceU membrane.
In addition, a host ceU strain may be chosen for its abiUty to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation Upidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" or "pro" form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity. Different host ceUs which have specific ceUular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture CoUection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the conect modification and processing of the foreign protein.
In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH may be Hgated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems. For example, a chimeric TRICH protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commerciaUy available antibody may faciUtate the screening of peptide Ubraries for inhibitors of TRICH activity. Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also faciUtate purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy available affinity matrices. Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmoduUn binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA). GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on iminobiUzed glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively. FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commerciaUy available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specificaUy recognize these epitope tags. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the TRICH encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that TRICH may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety foUowing purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commerciaUy available kits may also be used to faciUtate expression and purification of fusion proteins. In a further embodiment of the invention, synthesis of radiolabeled TRICH may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35S-metMonine.
TRICH of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that specificaUy bind to TRICH. At least one and up to a pluraUty of test compounds may be screened for specific binding to TRICH. Examples of test compounds include antibodies, oUgonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), or smaU molecules.
In one embodiment, the compound thus identified is closely related to the natural Ugand of TRICH, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner. (See, e.g., CoUgan, J.E. et al. (1991) Cunent Protocols in Immunology 1(2): Chapter 5.) Similarly, the compound can be closely related to the natural receptor to which TRICH binds, or to at least a fragment of the receptor, e.g., the Ugand binding site. In either case, the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. In one embodiment, screening for these compounds involves producing appropriate ceUs which express TRICH, either as a secreted protein or on the ceU membrane. Preferred ceUs include ceUs from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli. CeUs expressing TRICH or ceU membrane fractions which contain TRICH are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either TRICH or the compound is analyzed. An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label. For example, the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with TRICH, either in solution or affixed to a soUd support, and detecting the binding of TRICH to the compound. Alternatively, the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor. AdditionaUy, the assay may be carried out using ceU-free preparations, chemical Ubraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) maybe free in solution or affixed to a soUd support.
TRICH of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of TRICH. Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists. In one embodiment, an assay is performed under conditions permissive for TRICH activity, wherein TRICH is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of TRICH in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of TRICH in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of TRICH in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of TRICH. Alternatively, a test compound is combined with an in vitro or ceU-free system comprising TRICH under conditions suitable for TRICH activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of TRICH may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a pluraUty of test compounds maybe screened.
In another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding TRICH or their mammaUan homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) ceUs. Such techniques are weU known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease. (See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337.) For example, mouse ES ceUs, such as the mouse 129/SvJ ceU line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture. The ES ceUs are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292). The vector integrates into the conesponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination. Alternatively, homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330). Transformed ES ceUs are identified and microinjected into mouse ceU blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain. The blastocysts are surgicaUy transfeπed to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains. Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents. Polynucleotides encoding TRICH may also be manipulated in vitro in ES ceUs derived from human blastocysts. Human ES ceUs have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate ceU lineages including endoderm, mesodeπn, and ectodermal cell types. These ceU lineages differentiate into, for example, neural ceUs, hematopoietic Uneages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
Polynucleotides encoding TRICH can also be used to create ' jknockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease. With Imockin technology, a region of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH is injected into animal ES ceUs, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal ceU genome. Transformed cells are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above. Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease. Alternatively, a mammal inbred to overexpress TRICH, e.g., by secreting TRICH in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74). THERAPEUTICS
Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of TRICH and transporters and ion channels. In addition, the expression of TRICH is closely associated with brain, lung, prostate, bladder, bone, hypofhalamus, breast, ileum, stomach, pancreas, and gastrointestinal tissues and tumors of the brain and prostrate. Therefore, TRICH appears to play a role in transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and ceU proUferative disorders. In the treatment of disorders associated with increased TRICH expression or activity, it is desirable to decrease the expression or activity of TRICH. In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TRICH expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of TRICH.
Therefore, in one embodiment, TRICH or a fragment or derivative thereof may be adniinistered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a transport disorder such as akinesia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, ataxia telangiectasia, cystic fibrosis, Becker's muscular dystrophy, BeU's palsy, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, diabetes meUitus, diabetes insipidus, diabetic neuropathy, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, normokalemic periodic paralysis, Parkinson's disease, maUgnant hypermermia, multidrug resistance, myasthenia gravis, myotonic dystrophy, catatonia, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, peripheral neuropathy, cerebral neoplasms, prostate cancer, cardiac disorders associated with transport, e.g., angina, bradyarrythmia, tachyanythmia, hypertension, Long QT syndrome, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy, nemaline myopathy, centronuclear myopathy, Upid myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, thyrotoxic myopathy, ethanol myopathy, dermatomyositis, inclusion body myositis, infectious myositis, polymyositis, neurological disorders associated with transport, e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amnesia, bipolar disorder, dementia, depression, epilepsy, Tourette's disorder, paranoid psychoses, and schizophrenia, and other disorders associated with transport, e.g., neurofibromatosis, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuropathy, sarcoidosis, sickle ceU anemia, Wilson's disease, cataracts, infertiUty, pulmonary artery stenosis, sensorineural autosomal deafness, hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia, Grave's disease, goiter, Cushing's disease, Addison's disease, glucose-galactose malabsorption syndrome, hypercholesterolemia, adrenoleukodystrophy, ZeUweger syndrome, Menkes disease, occipital horn syndrome, von Gierke disease, cystinuria, incunoglycinuria, Hartup disease, and Fanconi disease; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myeUtis and radicuUtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial msomnia, nutritional and metaboUc diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalolrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metaboUc, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and famiUal frontotemporal dementia; a muscle disorder such as cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, Duchenne's muscular dystrophy, Becker's muscular dystrophy, myotonic dystrophy, central core disease, nemaline myopathy, centronuclear myopathy, Upid myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, infectious myositis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, inclusion body myositis, thyrotoxic myopathy, ethanol myopathy, angina, anaphylactic shock, anhythrnias, asthma, cardiovascular shock, Cushing's syndrome, hypertension, hypoglycemia, myocardial infarction, migraine, pheochromocytoma, and myopathies including encephalopathy, epilepsy, Kearns-Sayre syndrome, lactic acidosis, myoclonic disorder, ophthalmoplegia, and acid maltase deficiency (AMD, also known as Pompe's disease); an immunological disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, aUergies, ankylosing spondyUtis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoirnmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes melUtus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetaUs, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophiUa, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus eryfhematosus; systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative coUtis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, compUcations of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and heln inthic infections, and trauma; and a ceU proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cinhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone manow, brain, breast, cervix, gaU bladder, gangUa, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, Uver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, saUvary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus.
In another embodiment, a vector capable of expressing TRICH or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those described above.
In a further embodiment, a composition comprising a substantiaUy purified TRICH in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those provided above. In stiU another embodiment, an agonist which modulates the activity of TRICH may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those Usted above.
In a further embodiment, an antagonist of TRICH may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TRICH. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those transport, neurological, muscle, immunological, and ceU proUferative disorders described above. In one aspect, an antibody which specificaUy binds TRICH may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or deUvery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to ceUs or tissues which express TRICH. In an additional embodiment, a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH maybe administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of TRICH including, but not limited to, those described above.
In other embodiments, any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skiU in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents may act synergisticaUy to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects. An antagonist of TRICH may be produced using methods which are generaUy known in the art. In particular, purified TRICH may be used to produce antibodies or to screen Ubraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specificaUy bind TRICH. Antibodies to TRICH may also be generated using methods that are weU known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not Umited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, cMmeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary. NeutraUzing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generaUy prefened for therapeutic use.
For the production of antibodies, various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with TRICH or with any fragment or oUgopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants maybe used to increase immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not Umited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol. Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilU Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especiaUy preferable. It is prefened that the oUgopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to TRICH have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generaUy wiU consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oUgopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of TRICH amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
Monoclonal antibodies to TRICH may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous ceU lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-ceU hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J.
Immunol. Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R.J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; and Cole, S.P. et al. (1984) Mol. CeU Biol. 62:109-120.)
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies,'' such as the spUcing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used. (See, e.g., Morrison, S.L. et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855; Neuberger, M.S. et al. (1984) Nature 312:604-608; and Takeda, S. et al. (1985) Nature 314:452-454.) Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies maybe adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce TRICH-specific single chain antibodies. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobuUn Ubraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D.R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin Ubraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the Uterature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for TRICH may also be generated. For example, such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab')2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression Ubraries may be constructed to aUow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W.D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
Various immunoassays maybe used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with estabUshed specificities are weU known in the art. Such immunoassays typicaUy involve the measurement of complex formation between TRICH and its specific antibody. A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utiUzing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfeiing TRICH epitopes is generaUy used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra). Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques maybe used to assess the affinity of antibodies for TRICH. Affinity is expressed as an association constant, Ka, which is defined as the molar concentration of TRICH-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equiUbrium conditions. The Ka determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in their affinities for multiple TRICH epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for TRICH.
The Ka deteimined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular TRICH epitope, represents a true measure of affinity, ffigh-affϊnity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 109 to 1012 L/mole are prefened for use in immunoassays in which the TRICH- antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations. Low-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 106 to 107 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of TRICH, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, E L Press, Washington DC; LiddeU, J.E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY). The titer and avidity of polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quaUty and suitabiUty of such preparations for certain downstream appUcations. For example, a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml, is generaUy employed in procedures requiring precipitation of TRICH-antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quaUty and usage in various appUcations, are generaUy available. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and CoUgan et al. supra.)
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding TRICH, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oUgonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding TRICH. Such technology is weU known in the art, and antisense oUgonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding TRICH. (See, e.g., Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press Inc., Totawa NJ.) In therapeutic use, any gene deUvery system suitable for introduction of the antisense sequences into appropriate target ceUs can be used. Antisense sequences can be deUvered intraceUularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the ceUular sequence encoding the target protein. (See, e.g., Slater, J.E. et al. (1998) J. AUergy Clin. Immunol. 102(3):469-475; and Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1995) 9(13):1288-1296.) Antisense sequences can also be introduced intraceUularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors. (See, e.g., MiUer, A.D. (1990) Blood 76:271; Ausubel, supra; Uckert, W. and W. Walther (1994) Pharmacol. Ther. 63(3):323-347.) Other gene deUvery mechanisms include Uposome-derived systems, artificial viral envelopes, and other systems known in the art. (See, e.g., Rossi, J.J. (1995) Br. Med. BuU. 51(l):217-225; Boado, R.J. et al. (1998) J. Pharm. Sci. 87(11):1308-1315; and Morris, M.C. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(14):2730-2736.)
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding TRICH may be used for somatic or germline gene therapy. Gene therapy may be performed to (i) conect a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCDD)-Xl disease characterized by X- linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R.M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C et al. (1995) Science 270:470-475), cystic fibrosis (Zabner, J. et al. (1993) CeU 75:207-216; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:643-666; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:667-703), thalassamias, famiUal hypercholesterolemia, and hemophilia resulting from Factor VIII or Factor IX deficiencies (Crystal, R.G. (1995) Science 270:404-410; Verma, IM. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242)), (ii) express a conditionaUy lethal gene product (e.g., in the case of cancers which result from unregulated ceU proUferation), or (hi) express a protein which affords protection against intraceUular parasites (e.g., against human retroviruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus (HTV) (Baltimore, D. (1988) Nature 335:395-396; Poeschla, E. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 93:11395-11399), hepatitis B or C virus (HBV, HCV); fungal parasites, such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiUensis; and protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi). In the case where a genetic deficiency in TRICH expression or regulation causes disease, the expression of TRICH from an appropriate population of transduced ceUs may aUeviate the cUnical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
In a further embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in TRICH are treated by constructing mammaUan expression vectors encoding TRICH and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into TRICH-deficient ceUs. Mechanical transfer technologies for use with ceUs in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual ceUs, (ii) baUistic gold particle deUvery, (iii) Uposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445-450).
Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of TRICH include, but are not Umited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCREPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La JoUa CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA). TRICH may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, mymidine kinase (TK), or β-actin genes), (n) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycUne-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:451-456), commerciaUy available in the T-REX plasmid (Invitrogen)); the ecdysone-inducible promoter (available in the plasmids PVGRXR and PIND; Invitrogen); the FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter; or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F.M.V. and Blau, H.M. supra)), or (iii) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding TRICH from a normal individual.
CommerciaUy available Uposome transformation kits (e.g., the PERFECT LTPID TRANSFECΉON KIT, available from Invitrogen) aUow one with ordinary skiU in the art to deUver polynucleotides to target ceUs in culture and require minimal effort to optimize experimental parameters. In the alternative, transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and A.J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845). The introduction of DNA to primary ceUs requires modification of these standardized mammaUan transfection protocols.
In another embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to TRICH expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding TRICH under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus cis-actmg RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation. Retrovirus vectors (e.g., PFB and PFBNEO) are commerciaUy available (Stratagene) and are based onpubUshed data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:6733-6737), incorporated by reference herein. The vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing ceU line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target ceUs or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and A.D. Miller (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. el al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:9873-9880). U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg ("Method for obtaining retrovirus packaging ceU lines producing high transducing efficiency retroviral supernatant") discloses a method for obtaining retiovirus packaging ceU lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of ceUs (e.g., CD4+ T-ceUs), and the return of transduced ceUs to a patient are procedures weU known to persons skilled in the art of gene therapy and have been weU documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al. (1997) Blood 89:2259-2267; Bonyhadi, M.L. (1997) J. Virol. 71:4707-4716; Ranga, U. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:1201-1206; Su, L. (1997) Blood 89:2283-2290).
In the alternative, an adenovirus-based gene therapy deUvery system is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding TRICH to ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormaUties with respect to the expression of TRICH. The construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skill in the art. RepUcation defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). PotentiaUy useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,618 to Armentano ("Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy"), hereby incorporated by reference. For adenoviral vectors, see also Antinozzi, P.A. et al. (1999) Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544 and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 18:389:239-242, both incorporated by reference herein.
In another alternative, a herpes-based, gene therapy deUvery system is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding TRICH to target ceUs which have one or more genetic abnormaUties with respect to the expression of TRICH. The use of herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based vectors maybe especiaUy valuable for introducing TRICH to ceUs of the central nervous system, for which HS V has a tropism. The construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are weU known to those with ordinary skiU in the art. A repUcation-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1 -based vector has been used to deUver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395). The construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca ("Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer"), which is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transfened to a ceU under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and ICP22. For HSV vectors, see also Goins, W.F. et al. (1999) J. Virol. 73:519-532 and Xu, H. et al. (1994) Dev. Biol. 163:152-161, hereby incorporated by reference. The manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus foUowing the transfection of multiple plasmids contaiiiing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpesvirus, and the infection of ceUs with herpesvirus are techniques weU known to those of ordinary skiU in the art.
In another alternative, an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deUver polynucleotides encoding TRICH to target ceUs. The biology of the prototypic alphavirus, Semliki Forest Virus (SFV), has been studied extensively and gene transfer vectors have been based on the SFV genome (Garoff, H. and K.-J. Li (1998) Cun. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:464-469). During alphavirus RNA repUcation, a subgenomic RNA is generated that normaUy encodes the viral capsid proteins. This subgenomic RNA repUcates to higher levels than the fuU length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase). Similarly, mserting the coding sequence for TRICH into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of TRICH-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of TRICH in vector transduced ceUs. While alphavirus infection is typicaUy associated with ceU lysis within a few days, the abiUty to estabUsh a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney ceUs (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic repUcation of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy appUcation (Dryga, S.A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83). The wide host range of alphaviruses will aUow the introduction of TRICH into a variety of ceU types. The specific transduction of a subset of ceUs in a population may require the sorting of ceUs prior to transduction. The methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are weU known to those with ordinary skiU in the art.
OUgonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between about positions -10 and +10 from the start site, may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple heUx base-pairing methodology. Triple heUx pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the abiUty of the double heUx to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the Uterature. (See, e.g., Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.L Can, Molecular and mαmunologic Approaches, Futura PubUshing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177.) A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, foUowed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding TRICH.
Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initiaUy identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the foUowing sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, conesponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oUgonucleotide inoperable. The suitabiUty of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibiUty to hybridization with complementary oUgonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes of the invention maybe prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemicaUy synthesizing oUgonucleotides such as soUd phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules maybe generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding TRICH. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into ceU lines, ceUs, or tissues.
RNA molecules may be modified to increase intraceUular stabiUty and half-Ufe. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in aU of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as weU as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, mymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH. Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oUgonucleotides, antisense oUgonucleotides, triple heUx-forming oUgonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression. Thus, in the treatment of disorders associated with increased TRICH expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH may be therapeuticaUy useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased TRICH expression or activity, a compound which specificaUy promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH may be therapeuticaUy useful.
At least one, and up to a pluraUty, of test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide. A test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, mcluding chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commerciaUy-available or proprietary Ubrary of namraUy-occuning or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a Ubrary of chemical compounds created combinatoriaUy or randomly. A sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding TRICH is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained. The sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabiUzed ceU, or an in vitro ceU-free or reconstituted biochemical system. Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH are assayed by any method commonly known in the art. TypicaUy, the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding TRICH. The amount of hybridization maybe quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds. Detection of a change in the expression of a polynucleotide exposed to a test compound indicates that the test compound is effective in altering the expression of the polynucleotide. A screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human ceU line such as HeLa ceU (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
268:8-13). A particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial Ubrary of oUgonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oUgonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691). Many methods for introducing vectors into ceUs or tissues are available and equaUy suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo. For ex vivo therapy, vectors may be introduced into stem ceUs taken from the patient and clonaUy propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. DeUvery by transfection, by Uposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are weU known in the art. (See, e.g., Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
Any of the therapeutic methods described above maybe appUed to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generaUy comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient. Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, ceUuloses, gums, and proteins. Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack PubUshing, Easton PA). Such compositions may consist of TRICH, antibodies to TRICH, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TRICH.
The compositions utiUzed in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not Umited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrameduUary, mti.ath.ecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
Compositions for pulmonary administration maybe prepared in Uquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generaUy aerosoUzed immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of smaU molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol deUvery of fast- acting formulations is weU-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g. larger peptides and proteins), recent developments in the field of pulmonary deUvery via the alveolar region of the lung have enabled the practical deUvery of drugs such as insulin to blood circulation (see, e.g., Patton, J.S. et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,997,848). Pulmonary deUvery has the advantage of adnrLinistration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentiaUy toxic penetration enhancers.
Compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. The detennination of an effective dose is weU within the capabiUty of those skiUed in the art.
SpeciaUzed forms of compositions maybe prepared for direct intraceUular deUvery of macromolecules comprising TRICH or fragments thereof. For example, Uposome preparations containing a ceU-impermeable macromolecule may promote ceU fusion and intraceUular deUvery of the macromolecule. Alternatively, TRICH or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N- terminal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the ceUs of aU tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572). For any compound, the therapeuticaUy effective dose can be estimated initiaUy either in ceU culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic ceUs, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for adrriinistration in humans.
A therapeuticaUy effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example TRICH or fragments thereof, antibodies of TRICH, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of TRICH, which ameUorates the symptoms or condition. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity maybe determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in ceU cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the EDS0 (the dose therapeuticaUy effective in 50% of the population) or LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD50/ED50 ratio. Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened. The data obtained from ceU culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED50 with Uttle or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
The exact dosage wiU be determined by the practitioner, in Ught of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be adncunistered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-Ufe and clearance rate of the particular formulation. Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 μg to 100,000 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of deUvery is provided in the Uterature and generaUy available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art wiU employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, deUvery of polynucleotides or poiypeptides wiU be specific to particular ceUs, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
In another embodiment, antibodies which specificaUy bind TRICH may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of TRICH, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with TRICH or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of TRICH. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for TRICH include methods which utiUze the antibody and a label to detect TRICH in human body fluids or in extracts of ceUs or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
A variety of protocols for measuring TRICH, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of TRICH expression. Normal or standard values for TRICH expression are estabUshed by comb ing body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal mammaUan subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to TRICH under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of TRICH expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values estabUshes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding TRICH maybe used for diagnostic purposes. The polynucleotides which may be used include oUgonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of TRICH may be correlated • with disease. The diagnostic assay maybe used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of TRICH, and to monitor regulation of TRICH levels during therapeutic intervention. In one aspect, hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding TRICH or closely related molecules maybe used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode TRICH. The specificity of the probe, whether it is made from ahighly specific region, e.g., the 5'regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or ampUfication wiU determine whether the probe identifies only naturaUy occuning sequences encoding TRICH, aUeUc variants, or related sequences.
Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the TRICH encoding sequences. The hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ DD NO:27-52 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the TRICH gene.
Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding TTUCH include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH or TRICH derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commerciaUy available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionucUdes such as 32P or 35S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like. Polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of TRICH. Examples of such disorders include, but are not Umited to, a transport disorder such as akinesia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, ataxia telangiectasia, cystic fibrosis, Becker's muscular dystrophy, BeU's palsy, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, diabetes meUitus, diabetes insipidus, diabetic neuropathy, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, normokalemic periodic paralysis, Parkinson's disease, maUgnant hyperthermia, multidrug resistance, myasthenia gravis, myotonic dystrophy, catatonia, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, peripheral neuropathy, cerebral neoplasms, prostate cancer, cardiac disorders associated with transport, e.g., angina, bradyarrythmia, tachyanytlrmia, hypertension, Long QT syndrome, myocarditis, cardiomyopathy, nemaline myopathy, centronuclear myopathy, Upid myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, thyrotoxic myopathy, ethanol myopathy, dermatomyositis, inclusion body myositis, infectious myositis, polymyositis, neurological disorders associated with transport, e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amnesia, bipolar disorder, dementia, depression, epilepsy, Tourette's disorder, paranoid psychoses, and schizophrenia, and other disorders associated with transport, e.g., neurofibromatosis, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuropathy, sarcoidosis, sickle ceU anemia, Wilson's disease, cataracts, infertiUty, pulmonary artery stenosis, sensorineural autosomal deafness, hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia, Grave's disease, goiter, Crushing' s disease, Addison's disease, glucose-galactose malabsorption syndrome, hypercholesterolemia, adrenoleukodystrophy, ZeUweger syndrome, Menkes disease, occipital horn syndrome, von Gierke disease, cystinuria, iminoglycinuria, Hartup disease, and Fanconi disease; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extiapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myeUtis and radicuUtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gersttnann-Stiaussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal famiUal msomnia, nutritional and metaboUc diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinalhemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metaboUc, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; a muscle disorder such as cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, Duchenne's muscular dystrophy, Becker's muscular dystrophy, myotonic dystrophy, central core disease, nemaline myopathy, centronuclear myopathy, Upid myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, infectious myositis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, inclusion body myositis, thyrotoxic myopathy, ethanol myopathy, angina, anaphylactic shock, anhythmias, asthma, cardiovascular shock, Gushing' s syndrome, hypertension, hypoglycemia, myocardial infarction, migraine, pheochromocytoma, and myopathies including encephalopathy, epilepsy, Kearns-Sayre syndrome, lactic acidosis, myoclonic disorder, ophthalmoplegia, and acid maltase deficiency (AMD, also known as Pompe's disease); an immunological disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, aUergies, ankylosing spondyUtis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes meUitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetaUs, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophiUa, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjδgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative coUtis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, compUcations of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helrninthic infections, and trauma; and a ceU proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cinhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone manow, brain, breast, cervix, gaU bladder, gangUa, gastxointestinal tract, heart, kidney, Uver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, saUvary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus. The polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microanays utiUzing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered TRICH expression. Such quaUtative or quantitative methods are weU known in the art.
In a particular aspect, the nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. The nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding TRICH in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of a disorder associated with expression of TRICH, a normal or standard profile for expression is estabUshed. This may be accompUshed by combining body fluids or ceU extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding TRICH, under conditions suitable for hybridization or ampUfication. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantiaUy purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to estabUsh the presence of a disorder.
Once the presence of a disorder is estabUshed and a treatment protocol is initiated, hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject. The results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
With respect to cancer, the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may aUow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earUer thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer. Additional diagnostic uses for oUgonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding TRICH may involve the use of PCR. These oUgomers may be chemicaUy synthesized, generated enzymaticaUy, or produced in vitro. OUgomers wiU preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding TRICH, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding TRICH, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. OUgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
In a particular aspect, oUgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, oUgonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH are used to ampUfy DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the like. SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels. In fSCCP, the oUgonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which aUows detection of the ampUmers in gh-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines. AdditionaUy, sequence database analysis methods, termed in siUco SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence. These computer- based methods filter out sequence variations due to laboratory preparation of DNA and sequencing enors using statistical models and automated analyses of DNA sequence chromatograms. In the alternative, SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego CA).
Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of TRICH include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coampUfication of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves. (See, e.g., Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236.) The speed of quantitation of multiple samples maybe accelerated by running the assay in a Mgh-throughput format where the oUgomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
In further embodiments, oUgonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein maybe used as elements on a microanay. The microaπay can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below. The microanay may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease. In particular, this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient. For example, therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his her pharmacogenomic profile.
In another embodiment, TRICH, fragments of TRICH, or antibodies specific for TRICHmay be used as elements on a microanay. The microanay may be used to monitor or measure protein- protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
A particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or ceU type. A transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or cell type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. (See Seilhamer et al, "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484, expressly incorporated by reference herein.) Thus a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totaUty of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or ceU type. In one embodiment, the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a pluraUty of elements on a microarray. The resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity. Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, ceU lines, biopsies, or other biological samples. The transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a ceU line.
Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as weU as toxicological testing of industrial and naturaUy-occurring environmental compounds. AU compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471, expressly incorporated by reference herein). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties. These fingerprints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene families. Ideally, a genome-wide measurement of expression provides the highest quaUty signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as weU, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normaUze the rest of the expression data. The normaUzation procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds. While the assignment of gene function to elements of a toxicant signature aids in interpretation of toxicity mechanisms, knowledge of gene function is not necessary for the statistical matching of signatures which leads to prediction of toxicity. (See, for example, Press Release 00-02 from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, released February 29, 2000, available at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/news/toxchip.htm.) Therefore, it is important and desirable in toxicological screening using toxicant signatures to include aU expressed gene sequences.
In one embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound. Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels conesponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified. The transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
Another particular embodiment relates to the use of the polypeptide sequences of the present invention to analyze the proteome of a tissue or ceU type. The term proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or ceU type. Each protein component of a proteome can be subjected individuaUy to further analysis. Proteome expression patterns, or profiles, are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. A profile of a ceU's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the poiypeptides of a particular tissue or ceU type. In one embodiment, the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra). The proteins are visuaUzed in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typicaUy by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains. The optical density of each protein spot is generaUy proportional to the level of the protein in the sample. The optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples, for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment. The proteins in the spots are partiaUy sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage foUowed by mass spectrometry. The identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
A proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for TRICH to quantify the levels of TRICH expression. In one embodiment, the antibodies are used as elements on a microarray, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each array element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection maybe performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each array element.
Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in paraUel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level. There is a poor correlation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures maybe useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile. In addition, the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling maybe more reUable and informative in such cases. In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the conesponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the poiypeptides of the present invention.
In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the poiypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
Microanays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT appUcation WO95/251116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT appUcation WO95/35505; HeUer, RA. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155; and HeUer, MJ. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662.) Various types of microanays are weU known and thoroughly described in DNA Microanays: A Practical Approach, M. Schena, ed. (1999) Oxford University Press, London, hereby expressly incorporated by reference. In another embodiment of the invention, nucleic acid sequences encoding TRICH may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence. Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentiaUy cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping. The sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries. (See, e.g., Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355; Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; and Trask, BJ. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154.) Once mapped, the nucleic acid sequences of the invention maybe used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). (See, for example, Lander, E.S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357.) Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) maybe correlated with other physical and genetic map data. (See, e.g., Heinz-UMch, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968.) Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online MendeUan Inheritance in Man (OMEVI) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding TRICH on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts. In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammaUan species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely locaUzed by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to llq22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation.
(See, e.g., Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580.) The nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
In another embodiment of the invention, TRICH, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oUgopeptides thereof can be used for screening Ubraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The fragment employed in such screening maybe free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a ceU surface, or located intraceUularly. The formation of binding complexes between TRICH and the agent being tested may be measured.
Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest. (See, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT appUcation WO84/03564.) In this method, large numbers of different smaU test compounds are synthesized on a soUd substrate. The test compounds are reacted with TRICH, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound TRICH is then detected by methods weU known in the art. Purified TRICH can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques.
Alternatively, non-neutraUzing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a soUd support. In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutraUzing antibodies capable of binding TRICH specificaUy compete with a test compound for binding TRICH.
In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with TRICH.
In additional embodiments, the nucleotide sequences which encode TRICH maybe used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are cunently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
Without further elaboration, it is beUeved that one skiUed in the art can, using the preceding description, utiUze the present invention to its fuUest extent. The foUowing embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely iUustrative, and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
The disclosures of aU patents, appUcations and publications, mentioned above and below and including U.S. Ser. No. 60/232,685, U.S. Ser. No. 60 234,842, U.S. Ser. No. 60/236,882, U.S. Ser. No. 60/239,057, U.S. Ser. No. 60/240,540, and U.S. Ser. No. 60/241,700 are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
EXAMPLES I. Construction of cDNA Libraries
Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA Ubraries described in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA) and shown in Table 4, column 5. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanoi or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
Phenol extraction and precipitation of RNA were repeated as necessary to increase RNA purity. In some cases, RNA was treated with DNase. For most Ubraries, poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oUgo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN). Alternatively, RNA was isolated directly from tissue lysates using other RNA isolation kits, e.g., the POLY(A)PURE mRNA purification kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
In some cases, Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA Ubraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA Ubraries were constructed with the
UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1997, supra, units 5.1-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oUgo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oUgonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes. For most Ubraries, the cDNA was size-selected (300- 1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis. cDNAs were Ugated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polyUnker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA (Invitrogen), PCMV- ICIS (Stratagene), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), or derivatives thereof. Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coU ceUs including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5α, DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies. II. Isolation of cDNA Clones Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNTZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by ceU lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the foUowing: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. FoUowing precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distiUed water and stored, with or without lyophiUzation, at 4°C
Alternatively, plasmid DNA was ampUfied from host ceU lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host ceU lysis and thermal cycling steps were canied out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in
384-weU plates, and the concentration of ampUfied plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometricaUy using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III. Sequencing and Analysis Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example D were sequenced as foUows.
Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or lUgh-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (AppUed Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) Uquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or suppUed in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems). Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997, supra, unit 7.7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VHI.
The polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vaUdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis. The Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM. (HMM is a probabiUstic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene famiUes. See, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Cun. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.) The queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER. The Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce fuU length polynucleotide sequences. Alternatively, GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences (see Examples IV and V) were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to fuU length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The fuU length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the conesponding full length polypeptide sequences. Alternatively, a polypeptide of the invention may begin at any of the metlήonine residues of the fuU length translated polypeptide. FuU length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM. FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (Hitachi Software Engineering,
South San Francisco CA) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence aUgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence aUgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aUgned sequences. Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of
Incyte cDNA and fuH length sequences and provides appUcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. The first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, aU of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where appUcable, the scores, probabiUty values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabiUty value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
The programs described above for the assembly and analysis of fuU length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences were also used to identify polynucleotide sequence fragments from SEQ DD NO:27-52. Fragments from about 20 to about 4000 nucleotides which are useful in hybridization and ampUfication technologies are described in Table 4, column 4. IV. Identification and Editing of Coding Sequences from Genomic DNA
Putative transporters and ion channels were initiaUy identified by ranning the Genscan gene identification program against pubUc genomic sequence databases (e.g., gbpri and gbhtg). Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (See Burge, C and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94, and Burge, C and S. Karlin (1998) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a methionine to a stop codon. The output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences. The maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode transporters and ion channels, the encoded poiypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for transporters and ion channels. Potential transporters and ion channels were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as transporters and ion channels. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to conect errors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons. BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubUc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription. When Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence. FuU length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or pubUc cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example TH. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
V. Assembly of Genomic Sequence Data with cDNA Sequence Data "Stitched" Sequences
Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example HI were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters contaiiiing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible spUce variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a fuU length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity. For example, if an interval was present on a cDNA and two genomic sequences, then aU three intervals were considered to be equivalent. This process aUows unrelated but consecutive genomic sequences to be brought together, bridged by cDNA sequence. Intervals thus identified were then "stitched" together by the stitching algorithm in the order that they appear along their parent sequences to generate the longest possible sequence, as weU as sequence variants. Linkages between intervals which proceed along one type of parent sequence (cDNA to cDNA or genomic sequence to genomic sequence) were given preference over linkages which change parent type (cDNA to genomic sequence). The resultant stitched sequences were translated and compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases. Inconect exons predicted by Genscan were conected by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept. Sequences were further extended with additional cDNA sequences, or by inspection of genomic DNA, when necessary. "Stretched" Sequences
Partial DNA sequences were extended to fuU length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis. First, partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example BI were queried against pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases using the BLAST program. The nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV. A cljimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog. The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the pubUc human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore "stretched" or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene. VI. Chromosomal Mapping of TRICH Encoding Polynucleotides
The sequences which were used to assemble SEQ DD NO:27-52 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and pubUc domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith-Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ DD NO:27-52 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to deteimine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of aU sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ DD NO:, to that map location.
Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes. The map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p- arm. (The centiMorgan (cM) is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.) The cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters. Human genome maps and other resources available to the pubUc, such as the NCBI "GeneMap'99" World Wide Web site (http://www.ncbi.nUn.nih.gov/genemap/), can be employed to determine if previously identified disease genes map within or in proximity to the intervals indicated above.
In this manner, SEQ DD N0:31 was mapped to chromosome 1 within the interval from 133.00 to 137.30 centiMorgans. SEQ DD NO:33 was mapped to chromosome 12 within the interval from 120.50 to the q terminal, or more specificaUy, within the interval from 126.10 to 145.70 centiMorgans. VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression
Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel (1995) supra, ch. 4 and 16.) Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in cDNA databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Genomics). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations. In addition, the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to determine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar. The basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as:
BLAST Score x Percent Identity 5 x niinimum {length(Seq. 1), length(Seq. 2)}
The product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. The product score is a normaUzed value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as foUows: the BLAST score is multipUed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences). The BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score. The product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quaUty in a BLAST aUgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
Alternatively, polynucleotide sequences encoding TRICH are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example DT). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a human tissue. Each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract. The number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories. Similarly, each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding TRICH. cDNA sequences and cDNA Ubrary/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). VIII. Extension of TRICH Encoding Polynucleotides
FuU length polynucleotide sequences were also produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the fuU length molecule using oUgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment. One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment. The initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dunerizations was avoided.
Selected human cDNA Ubraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
High fideUty ampUfication was obtained by PCR using methods weU known in the art. PCR was performed in 96-weU plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Inc.). The reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg2+, (NI- -SOψ, and 2-mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), ELONGASE enzyme (Life Technologies), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the foUowing parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C In the alternative, the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as foUows: Step 1: 94 °C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 57°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C The concentration of DNA in each weU was determined by dispensing 100 μl PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 μl of undiluted PCR product into each weU of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), aUowing the DNA to bind to the reagent. The plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA. A 5 μl to 10 μl aUquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to deteimine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
The extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transfened to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). For shotgun sequencing, the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega). Extended clones were reUgated using T4 Ugase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fiU-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coU ceUs. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384- weU plates in LB/2x carb Uquid media.
The ceUs were lysed, and DNA was ampUfied by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step 1: 94 °C, 3 min; Step 2: 94 °C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60 °C, 1 min; Step 4: 72 °C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reampUfied using the same conditions as described above. Samples were diluted with 20% dimethysulfoxide (1:2, v/v), and sequenced using DYENAMIC energy transfer sequencing primers and the DYENAMIC DIRECT kit (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Teiminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems).
In like manner, fuU length polynucleotide sequences are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5' regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic Ubrary. IX. Labeling and Use of Individual Hybridization Probes
Hybridization probes derived from SEQ DD NO:27-52 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oUgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. OUgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oUgomer, 250 μCi of [γ-32P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA). The labeled oUgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextranbead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An aUquot containing 107 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl D, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu H (DuPont NEN).
The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transfeπed to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentiaUy washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visuaUzed using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared.
X. Microarrays The linkage or synthesis of anay elements upon a microanay can be achieved utilizing photoUthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing, See, e.g., Baldeschweiler, supra.), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof. The substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and soUd with a non-porous surface (Schena (1999), supra). Suggested substrates include siUcon, siUca, glass sUdes, glass chips, and siUcon wafers. Alternatively, a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to anange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures. A typical anay may be produced using available methods and machines weU known to those of ordinary skiU in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements. (See, e.g., Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; MarshaU, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31.)
FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oUgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microanay. Fragments or oUgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). The anay elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample. The polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection. After hybridization, nonhybridized nucleotides from the biological sample are removed, and a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element. Alternatively, laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microanay may be assessed. In one embodiment, microanay preparation and usage is described in detail below. Tissue or Cell Sample Preparation
Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A)+ RNA is purified using the oUgo-(dT) ceUulose method. Each poly(A)+ RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/μl oUgo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/μl RNase inhibitor, 500 μM dATP, 500 μM dGTP, 500 μM dTTP, 40 μM dCTP, 40 μM dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). The reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A)+ RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte). Specific control poly(A)+ RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeling) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (CLONTECH), Palo Alto CA) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook NY) and resuspended in l4 μl 5X SSC/0J% SDS. Microarray Preparation Sequences of the present invention are used to generate anay elements. Each anay element is ampUfied from bacterial ceUs containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts. PCR ampUfication uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert. Anay elements are ampUfied in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 μg. AmpUfied anay elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). Purified anay elements are immobilized on polymer-coated glass sUdes. Glass microscope sUdes (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distiUed water washes between and after treatments. Glass sUdes are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (NWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distiUed water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol. Coated sUdes are cured in a 110°C oven.
Array elements are appUed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S. Patent No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference. 1 μl of the anay element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/μl, is loaded into the open capiUary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of anay element sample per sUde.
Microanays are TJV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microanays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distiUed water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microanays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60° C foUowed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distiUed water as before. Hybridization
Hybridization reactions contain 9 μl of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 μg each of Cy3 and Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5X SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer. The sample mixture is heated to 65° C for 5 minutes and is aUquoted onto the microanay surface and covered with an 1.8 cm2 coversUp. The arrays are transfened to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just sUghtly larger than a microscope sUde. The chamber is kept at 100% humidity internaUy by the addition of 140 μl of 5X SSC in a corner of the chamber. The chamber containing the anays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C The arrays are washed for 10 min at 45° C in a first wash buffer (IX SSC, 0.1 % SDS), three times for 10 minutes each at 45° C in a second wash buffer (0. IX SSC), and dried. Detection
Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5. The excitation laser Ught is focused on the anay using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., MelviUe NY). The sUde containing the anay is placed on a computer-controUed X-Y stage on the microscope and raster- scanned past the objective. The 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm anay used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
In two separate scans, a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy. Emitted Ught is spUt, based on wavelength, into two photomultipUer tube detectors (PMT R1477,
Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) conesponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the anay and the photomultipUer tubes are used to filter the signals. The emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5. Each anay is typicaUy scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously. The sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy caUbrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration. A specific location on the anay contains a complementary DNA sequence, aUowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be correlated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000. When two samples from different sources (e.g., representing test and control ceUs), each labeled with a different fluorophore, are hybridized to a single anay for the purpose of identifying genes that are differentiaUy expressed, the caUbration is done by labeling samples of the caUbrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
The output of the photomultipUer tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTT-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc., Norwood MA) instaUed in an IBM-compatible PC computer. The digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal). The data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first conected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore's emission spectrum.
A grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid. The fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value conesponding to the average intensity of the signal. The software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte).
XI. Complementary Polynucleotides
Sequences complementary to the TRICH-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring TRICH. Although use of oUgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oUgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of TRICH. To inhibit transcription, a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed to prevent rihosomal binding to the TRICH-encoding transcript.
XII. Expression of TRICH
Expression and purification of TRICH is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems. For expression of TRICH in bacteria, cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription. Examples of such promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element. Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3). Antibiotic resistant bacteria express TRICH upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (DPTG). Expression of TRICH in eukaryotic ceUs is achieved by infecting insect or mammaUan ceU lines with recombinant Autographica caUfornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus. The nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding TRICH by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription. Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus. (See Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945.) In most expression systems, TRICH is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione
S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude ceU lysates. GST, a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobiUzed glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). FoUowing purification, the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from TRICH at specificaUy engineered sites. FLAG, an 8-amino acid peptide, enables immunoaffinity purification using commerciaUy available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6- His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified TRICH obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVI, XVH, and XV Q where appUcable. XIII. Functional Assays
TRICH function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding TRICH at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammaUan ceU culture systems. cDNA is subcloned into a mammaUan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression. Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT (Life Technologies) and PCR3J (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 μg of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human ceU line, for example, an endotheUal or hematopoietic ceU line, using either Uposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 μg of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected ceUs from nontransfected ceUs and is a reUable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein. Flow cytometry (FCM), an automated, laser optics- based technique, is used to identify transfected cells expressing GFP or CD64-GFP and to evaluate the apoptotic state of the ceUs and other ceUular properties. FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with ceU death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in ceU size and granularity as measured by forward Ught scatter and 90 degree side Ught scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of ceU surface and intraceUular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the ceU surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994) Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY. The influence of TRICH on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of ceUs transfected with sequences encoding TRICH and either CD64 or CD64-GFP. CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobuUn G (IgG). Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontransfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY). mRNA can be purified from the cells using methods weU known by those of skin in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding TRICH and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques. XIV. Production of TRICH Specific Antibodies
TRICH substantiaUy purified using polyaciylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Harrington, M.G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to immunize rabbits and to produce antibodies using standard protocols.
Alternatively, the TRICH amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding oUgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skiU in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or inhydrophiUc regions are weU described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
TypicaUy, oUgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hyά^oxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra.) Rabbits are immunized with the oUgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-TRICH activity by, for example, binding the peptide or TRICH to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
XV. Purification of Naturally Occurring TRICH Using Specific Antibodies Naturally occurring or recombinant TRICH is substantiaUy purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for TRICH. An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-TRICH antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Media containing TRICH are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of TRICH (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). The column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibodyTRICH binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and TRICH is coUected.
XVI. Identification of Molecules Which Interact with TRICH
Molecules which interact with TRICH may include transporter substrates, agonists or antagonists, modulatory proteins such as Gβγ proteins (Reimann, supra) or proteins involved in TRICH locaUzation or clustering such as MAGUKs (Craven, supra). TRICH, or biologicaUy active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.) Candidate molecules previously anayed in the weUs of a multi-weU plate are incubated with the labeled TRICH, washed, and any weUs with labeled TRICH complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of TRICH are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of TRICH with the candidate molecules.
Alternatively, proteins that interact with TRICH are isolated using the yeast 2-hybrid system (Fields, S. and O. Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246). TRICH, or fragments thereof, are expressed as fusion proteins with the DNA binding domain of Gal4 or lexA, and potential interacting proteins are expressed as fusion proteins with an activation domain. Interactions between the TRICH fusion protein and the TRICH interacting proteins (fusion proteins with an activation domain) reconstitute a transactivation function that is observed by expression of a reporter gene. Yeast 2-hybrid systems are commerciaUy available, and methods for use of the yeast 2-hybrid system with ion channel proteins are discussed in Niethammer, M. and M. Sheng (1998, Meth. Enzymol. 293:104-122). TRICH may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a Mgh-throughput manner to detenriine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101). Potential TRICH agoMsts or antagomsts may be tested for activation or inMbition of TRICH ion channel activity using the assays described in section XVD . XVII. Demonstration of TRICH Activity
Ion channel activity of TRICH is demonstrated using an electrophysiological assay for ion conductance. TRICH can be expressed by transforming a mammaUan ceU Une such as COS7, HeLa or CHO with a eukaryotic expression vector encoding TRICH. Eukaryotic expression vectors are commerciaUy available, and the techniques to introduce them into ceUs are well known to those skiUed in the art. A second plasmid wMch expresses any one of a number of marker genes, such as β- galactosidase, is co-transformed into the ceUs to aUow rapid identification of those ceUs wMch have taken up and expressed the foreign DNA. The ceUs are incubated for 48-72 hours after transformation under conditions appropriate for the ceU line to aUow expression and accumulation of TRICH and β-galactosidase.
Transformed ceUs expressing β-galactosidase are stained blue when a suitable colorimetric substrate is added to the culture media under conditions that are weU known in the art. Stained ceUs are tested for differences in membrane conductance by electrophysiological techniques that are weU known in the art. Untransformed ceUs, and/or ceUs transformed with either vector sequences alone or β-galactosidase sequences alone, are used as controls and tested in paraUel. CeUs expressing TRICH wiU have Mgher anion or cation conductance relative to control ceUs. The contribution of TRICH to conductance can be confirmed by incubating the ceUs using antibodies specific for TRICH. The antibodies wiU bind to the extraceUular side of TRICH, thereby blocking the pore in the ion channel, and the associated conductance.
Alternatively, ion channel activity of TRICH is measured as cunent flow across a TRICH- containing Xenopus laevis oocyte membrane using the two-electrode voltage-clamp technique (IsM et al., supra; Jegla, T. and L. Salkoff (1997) J. Neurosci. 17:32-44). TRICH is subcloned into an appropriate Xenopus oocyte expression vector, such as pBF, and 0.5-5 ng of mRNA is injected into mature stage IV oocytes. Injected oocytes are incubated at 18 °C for 1-5 days. Inside-out macropatches are excised into an intraceUular solution containing 116 mM K-gluconate, 4 mM KC1, and 10 mM Hepes (pH 1.2). The intraceUular solution is supplemented with varying concentrations of the TRICH mediator, such as cAMP, cGMP, or Ca+2 (in the form of CaCl2), where appropriate. Electrode resistance is set at 2-5 MΩ and electrodes are fiUed with the intraceUular solution lacking mediator. Experiments are performed at room temperature from a holding potential of 0 mV. Voltage ramps (2.5 s) from -100 to 100 mV are acquired at a sampling frequency of 500 Hz. Cunent measured is proportional to the activity of TRICH in the assay. In particular, the activity of TRICH- 25 is measured as CI- conductance. Transport activity of TRICH is assayed by measuring uptake of labeled substrates into
Xenopus laevis oocytes. Oocytes at stages V and VI are injected with TRICH mRNA (10 ng per oocyte) and incubated for 3 days at 18°C in OR2 medium (82.5mM NaCl, 2.5 mM KCl, ImM CaCl2, ImM MgCl2, ImM Na^O^ 5 mM Hepes, 3.8 mM NaOH , 50μg/ml gentamycin, pH 7.8) to aUow expression of TRICH. Oocytes are then transfeπed to standard uptake medium (lOOmM NaCl, 2 mM KCl, ImM CaCl2, ImM MgCl2, 10 mM Hepes/Tris pH 7.5). Uptake of various substrates (e.g., amino acids, sugars, drugs, ions, and neurotransmitters) is iMtiated by adding labeled substrate (e.g. radiolabeled with 3H, fluorescently labeled with rhodamine, etc.) to the oocytes. After incubating for 30 rninutes, uptake is teπriinated by washing the oocytes three times in Na+-free medium, measuring the incorporated label, and comparing with controls. TRICH activity is proportional to the level of internaUzed labeled substrate. In particular, test substrates include amino acids for TRICH-1, xanthine and uracil for TRICH-3, meUbiose for TRICH-18, monocarboxylate for TRICH-20, neurotransmitters such as gamma-aminobutyric acid (GAB A) for TRICH-22, and nucleosides for TRICH-23.
ATPase activity associated with TRICH can be measured by hydrolysis of radiolabeled ATP- [γ-32P], separation of the hydrolysis products by cMomatograpMc methods, and quantitation of the recovered 32P using a scintiUation counter. The reaction mixture contains ATP-[γ-32P] and varying amounts of TRICH in a suitable buffer incubated at 37 °C for a suitable period of time. The reaction is teπninated by acid precipitation with trichloroacetic acid and then neutraUzed with base, and an aUquot of the reaction mixture is subjected to membrane or filter paper-based chromatography to separate the reaction products. The amount of 3 P Uberated is counted in a scintiUation counter. The amount of radioactivity recovered is proportional to the ATPase activity of TRICH in the assay. XVIII. Identification of TRICH Agonists and Antagonists
TRICH is expressed in a eukaryotic ceU Une such as CHO (Chinese Hamster Ovary) or HEK (Human Embryo c Kidney) 293. Ion channel activity of the transformed ceUs is measured in the presence and absence of candidate agomsts or antago sts. Ion channel activity is assayed using patch clamp methods weU known in the art or as described in Example XVU. Alternatively, ion channel activity is assayed using fluorescent techniques that measure ion flux across the ceU membrane (VeUcelebi, G. et al. (1999) Meth. Enzymol. 294:20-47; West, M.R. and CR. MoUoy (1996) Anal. Biochem. 241:51-58). These assays maybe adapted for Mgh-throughput screening using microplates. Changes in internal ion concentration are measured using fluorescent dyes such as the Ca2+ indicator Fluo-4 AM, sodium-sensitive dyes such as SBFI and sodium green, or the CI" indicator MQAE (aU available from Molecular Probes) in combination with the FLIPR fluorimetric plate reading system (Molecular Devices). In a more generic version of this assay, changes in membrane potential caused by iomc flux across the plasma membrane are measured using oxonyl dyes such as DiBA (Molecular Probes). DiBA equiUbrates between the extraceUular solution and ceUular sites according to the cellular membrane potential. The dye's fluorescence intensity is 20-fold greater when bound to hydrophobic intraceUular sites, aUowing detection of DiBAC entry into the ceU (Gonzalez, J.E. and P.A. Negulescu (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:624-631). Candidate agomsts or antagomsts may be selected from known ion channel agomsts or antagomsts, peptide Ubraries, or combinatorial chemical Ubraries.
Various modifications and variations of the described methods and systems of the invention wiU be apparent to those skiUed in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly Umited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for canying out the invention wMch are obvious to those skiUed in molecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the foUowing claims.
Table 1
Table 2
O o
Table 2 (cont.)
Table 2 (cont.)
Table 3
Table 3 (cont.)
VO
-P-
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
o o
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (cont.)
Table 3 (con )
Table 4
Table 4 (cont.)
Table 4 (cont.)
Table 4 (cont.)
Table 4 (cont.)
Table 5
Table 6
Table 6 (cont.)
Table 6 (cont.)
Table 6 (cont.)
Table 7
Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
ABI FACTURA A program that removes vector sequences and Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA. masks ambiguous bases in nucleic acid sequences.
ABI/PARACEL FDF A Fast Data Finder useful in comparing and Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Mismatch <50% annotating amino acid or nucleic acid sequences. Paracel Inc., Pasadena, CA. ABI AutoAssembler A program that assembles nucleic acid sequences. Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA.
BLAST A Basic Local Alignment Search Tool useful in Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. ESTs: Probability value= 1.0E-8 sequence similarity search for amino acid and 215:403-410; Altschul, S.F. et al. (1997) or less nucleic acid sequences. BLAST includes five Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402. FuU Length sequences: Probabilit functions: blastp, blastn, blastx, tblastn, and tblastx. value= l.OE-10 or less
FASTA A Pearson and Lipman algorithm that searches for Pearson, W.R. and D.J. Lipman (1988) Proc. ESTs: fasta E value-- 1.06E-6 similarity between a query sequence and a group of Natl. Acad Sci. USA 85:2444-2448; Pearson, Assembled ESTs: fasta Identity= sequences of the same type. FASTA comprises as W.R. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 183:63-98; 95% or greater and least five functions: fasta, tfasta, fastx, tfastx, and and Smith, T.F. and M.S. Waterman (1981) Match length=200 bases or greate ssearch. Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482-489. fastxE value=1.0E-8 or less
Full Length sequences: fastx score=100 or greater
BLIMPS A BLocks IMProved Searcher that matches a Henikoff, S. and J.G. Henikoff ( 1991) Nucleic Probability value= 1.0E-3 or less sequence against those in BLOCKS, PRINTS, Acids Res. 19:6565-6572; Henikoff, J.G. and DOMO, PRODOM, and PFAM databases to search S. Henikoff (1996) Methods Enzymol. for gene families, sequence homology, and 266:88-105; and Attwood, T.K. et al. (1997) J. structural fingerprint regions. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. 37:417-424.
HMMER An algorithm for searching a query sequence against Krogh, A. et al. (1994) J. Mol. Biol. PFAM hits: Probability value= hidden Markov model (ΗMM)-based databases of 235: 1501-1531; Sonnhammer, E.L.L. et al. 1.0E-3 or less protein family consensus sequences, such as PFAM. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 26:320-322; Signal peptide hits: Score= 0 or Durbin, R. et al. (1998) Our World View, in a greater Nutshell, Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 1-350.
Table 7 (cont.)
Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
ProfileScan An algorith that searches for structural and sequence Gribskov, M. et al. (1988) CABIOS 4:61-66; Normalized quality score≥GCG motifs in protein sequences that match sequence patterns Gribskov, M. et al. (1989) Methods Enzymol. specified "HIGH" value for that defined in Prosite. 183: 146-159; Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) particular Prosite motif. Nucleic Acids Res. 25:217-221. Generally, score-- 1.4-2.1.
Phred A base-calling algorith that examines automated Ewing, B. et al. (1998) Genome Res. sequencer traces with high sensitivity and probability. 8: 175-185; Ewing, B. and P. Green (1998) Genome Res. 8: 186-194.
Phrap A Phils Revised Assembly Program including SWAT and Smith, T.F. and M.S. Waterman (1981) Adv. Score= 120 or greater; CrossMatch, programs based on efficient implementation Appl. Math. 2:482-489; Smith, T.F. and M.S. Match length-- 56 or greater of the Srrith-Waterman algorithm, useful in searching Waterman (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 147: 195-197; sequence homology and assembling DNA sequences. and Green, P., University of Washington, Seattle, WA.
Consed A graphical tool for viewing and editing Phrap Gordon, D. et al. (1998) Genome Res. 8: 195-202. assemblies.
SPScan A weight matrix analysis program that scans protein Nielson, H. et al. (1997) Protein Engineering Score=3.5 or greater sequences for the presence of secretory signal peptides. 10: 1-6; Claverie, J.M. and S. Audic (1997) CABIOS 12:431-439.
TMAP A program that uses weight matrices to delineate Persson, B. and P. Argos (1994) J. Mol. Biol. transmembrane segments on protein sequences and 237: 182-192; Persson, B. and P. Argos (1996) deteπnine orientation. Protein Sci. 5:363-371.
TMiaVlMER A program that uses a hidden Markov model (HMM) to Sonnha mer, E.L. et al. (1998) Proc. Sixth Intl. delineate transmembrane segments on protein sequences Conf. on Intelligent Systems for Mol. Biol., and determine orientation. Glasgow et al., eds., The Am. Assoc. for Artificial Intelligence Press, Menlo Park, CA, pp. 175-182.
Motifs A program that searches amino acid sequences for patterns Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:217-221; that matched those defined in Prosite. Wisconsin Package Program Manual, version 9, page M51-59, Genetics Computer Group, Madison, WI.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.1-26, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26.
2. An isolated polypeptide of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
3. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 1.
4. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 2.
5. An isolated polynucleotide of claim 4 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID
NO:27-52.
6. A recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 3.
7. A cell transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
8. A transgenic organism comprising a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
9. A method of producing a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide, and said recombinant polynucleotide comprises a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 1, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
10. A method of claim 9, wherein the polypeptide has an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
11. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
12. An isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:27-52, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ JJD NO:27-52, c) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
13. An isolated polynucleotide comprising at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12.
14. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
15. A method of claim 14, wherein the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
16. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
17. A composition comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
18. A composition of claim 17, wherein the polypeptide has an arnino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
19. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TRICH, comprising adrriinistering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition of claim 17.
20. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
21. A composition comprising an agonist compound identified by a method of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
22. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 21.
23. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
24. A composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by a method of claim 23 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
25. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional TRICH, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 24.
26. A method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide of claim 1 to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1.
27. A method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1.
28. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence of claim 5, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, under conditions suitable for the expression of the target polynucleotide, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
29. A method of assessing toxicity of a test compound, the method comprising: a) freating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound, b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12 under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12 or fragment thereof, c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex, and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
30. A diagnostic test for a condition or disease associated with the expression of TRICH in a biological sample, the method comprising: a) combining the biological sample with an antibody of claim 11 , under conditions suitable for the antibody to bind the polypeptide and form an antibody:polypeptide complex, and b) detecting the complex, wherein the presence of the complex correlates with the presence of the polypeptide in the biological sample.
31. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is: a) a chimeric antibody, b) a single chain antibody, c) a Fab fragment, d) a F(ab ' )2 fragment, or e) a humanized antibody.
32. A composition comprising an antibody of claim 11 and an acceptable excipient.
33. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of TRICH in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim
32.
34. A composition of claim 32, wherein the antibody is labeled.
35. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of TRICH in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 34.
36. A method of preparing a polyclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim
11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibodies from said animal, and c) screening the isolated antibodies with the polypeptide, thereby identifying a polyclonal antibody which binds specifically to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
37. A polyclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 36.
38. A composition comprising the polyclonal antibody of claim 37 and a suitable carrier.
39. A method of malring a monoclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibody producing cells from the animal, c) fusing the antibody producing cells with immortalized cells to form monoclonal antibody-producing hybridoma cells, d) culmring the hybridoma cells, and e) isolating from the culture monoclonal antibody which binds specifically to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26.
40. A monoclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 39.
41. A composition comprising the monoclonal antibody of claim 40 and a suitable carrier.
42. The antibody of claim 11 , wherein the antibody is produced by screening a Fab expression library.
43. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is produced by screening a recombinant immunoglobulin library.
44. A method of detecting a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO: 1-26 in a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with a sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) detecting specific binding, wherein specific binding indicates the presence of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-26 in the sample.
45. A method of purifying a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-26 from a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with a sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) separating the antibody from the sample and obtaining the purified polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO: 1-26.
46. A microarray wherein at least one element of the microarray is a polynucleotide of claim
13.
47. A method of generating a transcript image of a sample which contains polynucleotides, the method comprising: a) labeling the polynucleotides of the sample, b) contacting the elements of the microarray of claim 46 with the labeled polynucleotides of the sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a hybridization complex, and c) quantifying the expression of the polynucleotides in the sample.
48. An array comprising different nucleotide molecules affixed in distinct physical locations on a solid substrate, wherein at least one of said nucleotide molecules comprises a first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence specifically hybridizable with at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of a target polynucleotide, and wherein said target polynucleotide is a polynucleotide of claim 12.
49. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
50. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
51. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to said target polynucleotide.
52. An array of claim 48, which is a microarray.
53. An array of claim 48, further comprising said target polynucleotide hybridized to a nucleotide molecule comprising said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence.
54. An array of claim 48, wherein a linker joins at least one of said nucleotide molecules to said solid substrate.
55. An array of claim 48, wherein each distinct physical location on the substrate contains multiple nucleotide molecules, and the multiple nucleotide molecules at any single distinct physical location have the same sequence, and each distinct physical location on the substrate contains nucleotide molecules having a sequence which differs from the sequence of nucleotide molecules at another distinct physical location on the substrate.
56. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:l.
57. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
58. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3.
59. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
60. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5.
61. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:6.
62. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOJ.
63. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
64. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:9.
65. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
66. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l 1.
67. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:12.
68. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:13.
69. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:14.
70. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15.
71. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:16.
72. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ D NO:17.
73. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:18.
74. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19.
75. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:20.
76. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:21.
77. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:22.
78. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:23.
79. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ D NO:24.
80. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ 3D NO:25.
81. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:26.
82. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:27.
83. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ DD NO:28.
84. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:29.
85. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:30.
86. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:31.
87. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:32.
88. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:33.
89. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:34.
90. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:35.
91. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:36.
92. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:37.
93. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:38.
94. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:39.
95. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:40.
96. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ DD NO:41.
97. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:42.
98. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:43.
99. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:44.
100. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:45.
101. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:46.
102. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:47.
103. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:48.
104. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED
NO:49.
105. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:50.
106. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:51.
107. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:52.
EP01971080A 2000-09-15 2001-09-14 Transporters and ion channels Withdrawn EP1326972A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US23268500P 2000-09-15 2000-09-15
US232685P 2000-09-15
US23484200P 2000-09-22 2000-09-22
US234842P 2000-09-22
US23688200P 2000-09-29 2000-09-29
US236882P 2000-09-29
US23905700P 2000-10-05 2000-10-05
US239057P 2000-10-05
US24054000P 2000-10-13 2000-10-13
US240540P 2000-10-13
US24170000P 2000-10-18 2000-10-18
US241700P 2000-10-18
PCT/US2001/028938 WO2002022684A2 (en) 2000-09-15 2001-09-14 Transporters and ion channels

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1326972A2 true EP1326972A2 (en) 2003-07-16

Family

ID=27559232

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP01971080A Withdrawn EP1326972A2 (en) 2000-09-15 2001-09-14 Transporters and ion channels

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1326972A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2004537254A (en)
AU (1) AU2001291011A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002022684A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030049727A1 (en) * 2000-09-25 2003-03-13 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 25658, a novel human calcium channel subunit and uses thereof
WO2002079427A2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2002-10-10 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 84226, a novel human cation transporter family member and uses thereof
US20020064821A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2002-05-30 Merkulov Gennady V. Isolated human ion channel proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human ion channel proteins, and uses thereof
US20020028915A1 (en) * 2000-09-07 2002-03-07 Ming-Hui Wei Isolated human transporter proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human transporter proteins, and uses thereof
WO2002061084A2 (en) * 2000-11-14 2002-08-08 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nt69, a nucleoside transporter family member and uses therefor
US20030077773A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2003-04-24 Brandon Rhonda C. Isolated human transporter proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human transporter proteins, and uses thereof
US20020072488A1 (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-06-13 Merkulov Gennady V. Isolated human transporter proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human transporter proteins, and uses thereof
US20020102637A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-08-01 Chunhua Yan Isolated human transporter proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human transporter proteins, and uses thereof
CA2447662A1 (en) * 2001-05-25 2002-12-05 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Transporters and ion channels
WO2003046168A1 (en) * 2001-11-27 2003-06-05 Bayer Healthcare Ag Regulation of human cation transporting atpase
EP1364962A1 (en) * 2002-05-24 2003-11-26 Stichting tot bevordering van de wetenschap der Endocrinologie Use of monocarboxylate transporter proteins for thyroid hormone transport
DE10254601A1 (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-03 Ganymed Pharmaceuticals Ag Gene products differentially expressed in tumors and their use
AU2012233044B2 (en) * 2002-11-22 2015-09-03 Ganymed Pharmaceuticals Ag Genetic products differentially expressed in tumors and the use thereof
WO2014075788A1 (en) 2012-11-13 2014-05-22 Biontech Ag Agents for treatment of claudin expressing cancer diseases

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5882926A (en) * 1993-10-20 1999-03-16 Oregon Health Sciences University Excitatory amino acid transporter gene and uses
WO2000012711A2 (en) * 1998-09-02 2000-03-09 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human membrane channel proteins
EP1396543A3 (en) * 1999-07-08 2004-03-31 Research Association for Biotechnology Primers for synthesizing full length cDNA clones and their use
EP1074617A3 (en) * 1999-07-29 2004-04-21 Research Association for Biotechnology Primers for synthesising full-length cDNA and their use

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO0222684A2 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2002022684A2 (en) 2002-03-21
JP2004537254A (en) 2004-12-16
AU2001291011A1 (en) 2002-03-26
WO2002022684A3 (en) 2003-03-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2001046258A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
EP1313854A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
EP1320600A1 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002046415A9 (en) Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of putative transporters and ion channells
WO2002010387A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1412387A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002022684A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
US20060194275A1 (en) Transporter and ion channels
WO2001092304A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
EP1409655A2 (en) Immunoglobulin superfamily proteins
US20060035315A1 (en) Transporters and ion channels
EP1383798A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002026825A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2001077174A2 (en) Human transporters and ion channels
EP1358330A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2003083085A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002002633A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
US20030216310A1 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2004048599A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002079448A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
US20040127683A1 (en) Transporters and ion channels
US20040152874A1 (en) Transporter and ion channels
EP1390391A1 (en) Transporters and ion channels
WO2002059312A2 (en) Cell adhesion proteins
WO2004035755A2 (en) Transporters and ion channels

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20030409

AK Designated contracting states

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO SI

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20050401